Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Technical Communications Corporation

Technical Communications Corporation

tcco · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker tcco
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Technical Communications Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, MA 01742 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
September 19, 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

Notice Of Annual Meeting Of Stockholders 
Now To Be Held September 19, 2019 

To Our Stockholders: 

NOTICE  IS  HEREBY  GIVEN  that  the  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (the 
“Meeting”)  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the 
“Company”), will now be held at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on Thursday, September 19, 2019 at the 
offices of the Company, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742, to: 

1.  Elect  one  Class  I  Director to  serve  on  the  Board  of  Directors  for  a  term  of  three  years 

expiring at the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders;  

2.  Hold  a  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  named 

executive officers as disclosed in the proxy statement for the Meeting;  

3.  Ratify  the  appointment  of  Stowe  &  Degon,  LLC  as  the  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm of the Company for the fiscal year ending September 28, 2019; and 

4.  Consider and act upon such other business and matters as may properly come before the 

Meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

The  Company’s  2019  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  was  originally  scheduled  for 
August  1,  2019,  and  was  convened  on such  date  but a  quorum  was  not  present.   The  Board  of 
Directors of the Company determined to set a new date for the Meeting of September 19, 2019, 
which  will  also  allow  stockholders  to  vote  on  ratification  of  the  Company’s  newly  appointed 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  as  set  forth  herein.    The  Proxy  Statement 
accompanying  this  notice  contains  the  ratification  vote  on  the  new  accounting  firm  and  other 
updated information, and supersedes and replaces the proxy statement distributed in connection 
with the August 1, 2019 meeting. 

The Board of Directors knows of no other matters to be presented at the Meeting.  Only 
stockholders of record of the Company at the close of business on the new record date of August 
9, 2019 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

All stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Meeting.  Whether or not you expect 
to  attend  the  Meeting,  please  complete,  sign,  date  and  return  the  enclosed  proxy  card  in  the 
envelope provided at your earliest convenience.  If you return your proxy, you may nevertheless 
attend the Meeting and vote your shares in person. 

A  copy  of  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
September  29,  2018,  which  contains  financial  statements  and  other  information  of  interest  to 
stockholders, accompanies this Notice and the attached Proxy Statement.  The Annual Report on 
Form 10-K as distributed in connection with the Meeting is identical in all respects to the Annual 
Report  provided  in  connection  with  the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  originally  called  for 
August 1, 2019. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 
David A. White, Secretary 

Concord, Massachusetts 
August 19, 2019 

It  is  important  that  your  shares  be  represented  at  the  Meeting.    Whether  or  not  you  plan  to 
attend the Meeting, please promptly complete, sign, date and mail the enclosed proxy card in 
the envelope provided, which requires no postage if mailed in the United States. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials 
for the Annual Shareholder Meeting Now to be Held on September 19, 2019  

This  Proxy  Statement  and  related  materials  are  available  at  the  Company’s  website  at 

https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. 

This  Proxy  Statement  relates  to  the  Company’s  2019  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders 
now  to  be  held  on  Thursday,  September  19,  2019  at  10:00  a.m.  (local  time)  at  the  Company’s 
offices located at 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

The matters to be voted upon at such meeting are: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

the election of one Class I Director to serve on the Board of Directors for a term 
of three years expiring at the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders;  

a  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  the  Company’s  named 
executive officers as disclosed in the proxy statement for the meeting; and 

the  ratification  of  Stowe  &  Degon,  LLC  as  the  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm of the Company for the fiscal year ending September 28, 2019.   

Stockholders  will  also  consider  and  act  upon  such  other  business  and  matters  as  may 

properly come before such meeting or any adjournments thereof. 

Only  stockholders  of  record  at  the  close  of  business  on  August  9,  2019  are  entitled  to 

notice of and to vote at the meeting and any adjournments thereof. 

Materials that will be available electronically at the website identified above include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders; 
the Proxy Statement for the meeting; 
the form of proxy card; and 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 
29, 2018. 

If  you  wish  to  attend  the  meeting  in  person  and  need  directions,  please  contact  TCC  Investor 
Relations  at (978)  287-5100.    Instructions  on  how  to complete,  sign,  date and  return the  proxy 
card are provided on the card, as well as a stockholder’s control/identification number(s).   

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, MA 01742 

PROXY STATEMENT 
for the 
2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

New Date:  September 19, 2019 

This Proxy Statement is being furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by 
the Board of Directors of Technical Communications Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation 
(“TCC” or the “Company”), for use at the Company’s 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and 
any  adjournments  thereof  (the  “Meeting”),  now  being  held  at  10:00  a.m.  (local  time)  on 
Thursday,  September  19,  2019  at  the  offices  of  the  Company,  100  Domino  Drive,  Concord, 
Massachusetts 01742.  The 2019 annual meeting of stockholders was originally set to occur on 
August  1,  2019,  and  was  convened  on such  date  but a  quorum  was  not  present.   The  Board  of 
Directors subsequently determined to establish a new date for the meeting of September 19, 2019 
and also to allow stockholders to vote at the Meeting on the ratification of the Company’s newly 
appointed  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.    This  Proxy  Statement  contains  the 
ratification vote on the new accounting firm and other updated information, and supersedes and 
replaces the proxy statement distributed in connection with the August 1, 2019 meeting. 

It  is  expected  that  the  Notice  of  Meeting,  this  Proxy  Statement  and  the  accompanying 
proxy card, and an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2018 
containing financial statements and other information of interest to stockholders, will be mailed to 
stockholders  on  or  about  August  19,  2019.    The  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  distributed  in 
connection with this Proxy Statement is identical in all respects to the Annual Report on Form 10-
K distributed in connection with the proxy statement for the meeting as called for August 1, 2019.   

Record Date and Outstanding Shares 

Only  record  holders  of  shares  of  the  common  stock,  par  value  $0.10  per  share,  of  the 
Company  (the  “Common  Stock”)  as  of  the  close  of  business  on  August  9,  2019  (the  “Record 
Date”) are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting. 

As  of  the  Record  Date, there  were  1,850,403  shares of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock 
outstanding and entitled to vote.  The shares of Common Stock are the only voting securities of 
the Company.  Stockholders are entitled to cast one vote for each share held of record. 

Proxies 

If the enclosed proxy card is properly marked, signed, and returned in time to be voted at 
the Meeting, and is not subsequently revoked, the shares represented will be voted in accordance 
with the  instructions  marked  thereon.   SIGNED  PROXIES  RETURNED  TO THE  COMPANY 
AND  NOT  MARKED  TO  THE  CONTRARY  WILL  BE  VOTED  AS  RECOMMENDED  BY 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Thus, proxies not marked to the contrary will be voted: 

• 
• 

• 

in favor of the nominee for election to the Board,  
in favor of the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this 
Proxy Statement; and 
in  favor  of  ratification  of  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any  stockholder  may  revoke  a  proxy  at  any  time  prior  to  its  exercise  by  signing  and 
delivering a later-dated proxy or a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Company.  
Stockholders  attending  the  Meeting  may  also  revoke  their  proxies  by  voting  in  person  at  the 
Meeting.  Attendance  at  the  Meeting  will  not  itself  be  deemed  to  revoke  a  proxy  unless  a 
stockholder  gives  affirmative  notice  at  the  Meeting  that  such  stockholder  intends  to  revoke  the 
proxy and vote in person. 

Quorum and Approval 

The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in interest of the shares of 
Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  on  the  Record  Date  and  entitled  to  vote  is  required  to 
constitute a quorum at the Meeting.  The stockholders entitled to vote that are present in person or 
by proxy at the Meeting may adjourn the Meeting without additional notice unless a new record 
date is or must be fixed.  At any adjourned Meeting at which a quorum is present, any business 
may be transacted that might have been transacted at the Meeting as originally scheduled.   

Abstentions and broker non-votes will count in determining whether a quorum is present 
at  the  Meeting  and  any  adjourned  Meeting.    A  broker  non-vote  occurs  if  the  broker  or  other 
nominee who holds shares represented by a proxy has not received instructions with respect to a 
particular  proposal  and  does  not  have  discretionary  authority  with  respect  to  such  proposal. 
Matters as to which brokers do not have discretionary authority include the election of directors, 
even in uncontested elections, and the “say on pay” proposal. 

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast at the Meeting by the shares entitled to 
vote thereon is required to elect a director.  Abstentions, broker non-votes and votes withheld will 
not be included in the totals for director elections, and will have no effect on the outcome of the 
vote. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the  matter  shall  be  required  for  the  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  the  compensation  of  the 
Company’s  named  executive  officers  as  disclosed  in  the  Compensation  section  (including  the 
tables therein) of this Proxy Statement.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in 
the totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

Lastly, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock 
voting on the matter is required for the ratification of the selection of the Company’s independent 
registered public accounting firm. Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included in the 
totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

Other Matters 

The  Board  of  Directors  knows  of  no  matters  to  be  presented  for  consideration  at  the 
Meeting other than as set forth in this Proxy Statement.  If any other matter should be presented at 
the Meeting upon which a vote may be properly taken, shares represented by all proxies received 
by  the  Company  will  be  voted  with  respect  thereto  in  accordance  with  the  judgment  of  the 
persons named as proxies and consistent with applicable law. 

No  director,  executive  officer  or  nominee  for  director,  nor  any  associate  of  any  of  the 
foregoing, has any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, in any 
matter to be acted upon at the Meeting. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL I.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

The  business  corporation statute of Massachusetts  requires,  unless  a company  opts  out, 
that the terms of directors of public companies be staggered by dividing the number of directors 
into three groups, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the number of directors subject to 
such requirement being fixed by a vote of the board.  Pursuant to the statute and the Company’s 
By-laws,  the  members  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  are  divided  into  three  classes, 
designated Class I, Class II and Class III, each serving staggered three-year terms. The term of 
the  Class  I  director  to  be  elected  at  the  Meeting  expires  at  the  2022  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders; the term of the Class II director expires at the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders; 
and the term of the Class III directors will expire at the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Directors elected by the stockholders at an annual meeting to succeed those whose terms 
expire are of the same class as the directors they succeed and are elected for a term to expire at 
the  third  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  after  their  election  and  until  their  successors  are  duly 
elected  and  qualified.    Vacancies  on  the  Board,  including  a  vacancy  resulting  from  an 
enlargement of the Board of Directors, shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the 
remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.  Any director so elected holds 
office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred or 
the  new  directorship  was  created  and  until the  director’s successor  shall  have  been  elected  and 
qualified. 

Nominee for Director 

One  director  is  to  be  elected  at  the  Meeting  as  the  Class  I  director.  The  Board  of 
Directors,  as  recommended  by  its  Compensation,  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  has 
nominated Ralph M. Norwood for election as the Company’s Class I Director.  Mr. Norwood was 
appointed to the Board of Directors on May 15, 2019 to fill the vacancy created by the death of 
Mitchell Briskin in May 2018, and has consented to being named in this Proxy Statement and to 
serve  as  the  Class  I  director  if  elected.   The  Board  of  Directors  knows  of  no  reason  why  such 
nominee  should  be  unable to  serve  or for  good  cause  will  not  serve,  but,  if  such  should  be  the 
case, proxies may be voted for the election of some other person.   

The affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast at the Meeting by the shares entitled 
to  vote  thereon  is  required  to  elect  a  director.    Thus,  abstentions,  broker  non-votes  and  votes 
withheld will not be included in the totals and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”  
THE ELECTION OF THE NOMINEE. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Members of the Board of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  name  and  address  of  each  director,  nominee  and 
executive officer of the Company, the year each current director first became a director, and the 
age and positions currently held by each such individual with the Company.  The following table 
is as of August 9, 2019. 

Name and Address(1) 

Year First Became 
a Director 

Ralph M. Norwood 

Francisco F. Blanco 

Carl H. Guild, Jr.  

2019 

2011 

1997 

Age 

76 

77 

75 

Positions and Offices 
with the Company 

Class I Director 

Class II Director 

Class  III  Director,  Chairman  of 
the  Board,  Chief  Executive 
Officer and President 

Thomas E. Peoples 

1998 

71 

Class III Director 

Non-Director  
Executive Officers 

Michael P. Malone 

-- 

60 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer 
and Assistant Secretary 

(1) 

The  address  of  Messrs.  Norwood,  Blanco,  Guild,  Peoples  and  Malone  is  c/o  Technical 
Communications Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

Directors and Nominees 

Ralph  M.  Norwood.  Mr.  Norwood  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  CPS 
Technologies Corp., a NASDAQ-listed manufacturer of electronic components, from 2011 until 
his  retirement  in  May  2019.   He  joined  CPS  Technologies  from  Navigator  Advisors  LLC,  a 
financial  consulting  company,  where  he  had  served  as  President  since  he  founded  the  firm  in 
2006. From 2002 until 2005 he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SatCon 
Technology Corporation, a clean energy company headquartered in Boston, MA. Previously, he 
served for  over  20  years  at  Polaroid  Corporation  in  various capacities including  Vice  President 
and  Treasurer,  Vice  President  and  Controller,  and  Worldwide  Manufacturing  Controller.  Mr. 
Norwood is a CPA and earned a B.S. from the University of New Hampshire and an M.B.A from 
the Darden School at the University of Virginia. 

Mr.  Norwood’s  qualifications  for  election  to  and  service  on  the  Board  of  Directors 
include  his  significant  financial  expertise  and  experience,  as  well  as  his  experience  in 
international  business.   Mr.  Norwood’s  experience  as  a  financial  executive  also  enhances  the 
ability  and  functioning  of  the  Board  and  in  particular  the  Audit  Committee  in  discharging  its 
responsibilities  to  assist  the  Board  with  overseeing  management’s  conduct  of  TCC’s  financial 
reporting processes. 

Francisco  F.  Blanco.  Mr.  Blanco  is  President  and  CEO  of  The  Pola  Group,  LLC,  a 
consulting  firm  focused  on  providing  advice  and  assistance,  strategic  direction  and  creative 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business  development  solutions  for  commercial  and  government  clients,  where  he  has  worked 
since 2010.  From 2001 to 2010, Mr. Blanco was Executive Vice President of the Intelligence and 
National  Security  Alliance  (“INSA”),  a  member-based  non-profit,  non-partisan,  public-private 
organization  that  works  to  promote  and  recognize  the  highest  standards  within  the  national 
security  and  intelligence  communities.  Prior  to  joining  INSA,  Mr.  Blanco  was  employed  in  a 
variety  of  senior  management  and  leadership  positions  during  his  30-year  tenure  at  the  U.S. 
Department of Defense. 

Mr. Blanco’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his  industry  experience,  his  government  experience  and  relationships  with  government  leaders 
and agencies, his management and business development skills, and his in-depth understanding of 
the Company’s products and their markets. 

Carl  H.  Guild,  Jr.    Mr.  Guild  has  been  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Company  since  1998  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  since  2001.    He  was  also  Vice-
Chairman  of  the  Board  from  1998  to  2001  and  Chairman  in  1998,  and  was  an  independent 
consultant  to  the  Company  from  1997  to  1998.    From  1993  to  1997,  he  was  a  Senior  Vice 
President with Raytheon Engineers and Constructors, Inc., a former unit of Raytheon Company, a 
defense,  homeland  security  and  aerospace technology  company.    Mr.  Guild  serves  as  President 
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  an  Employment  Agreement  (as 
amended) with the Company, which agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” 
in the Compensation section below. 

Mr. Guild’s  qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his management and leadership experience and financial acumen, his deep understanding of the 
Company’s products, business and industry, including its international operations and customers, 
and his demonstrated commitment to TCC and its stockholders. 

Thomas E. Peoples. Mr. Peoples currently serves as President of International Executive 
Counselors,  LLC,  a  consulting  company  he  established  in  Virginia  in  2005.    Mr.  Peoples  was 
Vice President and Managing Director of The SPECTRUM Group, a Washington, DC area-based 
consulting firm, from 2004 to February 2015. Between 2001 and 2004, Mr. Peoples was retired. 
From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Peoples was the Senior Vice President for International and Washington 
Operations  of  Gencorp,  Inc.,  a  publicly-held  manufacturer  of  automotive,  polymer,  aerospace, 
and  defense  products.    From  1992  to  1999,  Mr.  Peoples  was  a  Vice  President  of  Aerojet,  a 
privately-held aerospace and defense contractor.  Prior to 1992, Mr. Peoples served as Manager 
of Business Development for Smart Munitions Programs at Raytheon Company. He also served 
in the U.S. Army between August 1966 and February 1987, retiring from service as a Lieutenant 
Colonel.  He  is  also  a  former  Board  member  and  Treasurer  of  the  National  Guard  Youth 
Foundation  and  was  an  appointed  member  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Defense  Science  Board 
from 2000 to 2002. 

Mr. Peoples’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include 
his  management  and  business  experience,  his  government  experience  and  relationships  with 
government leaders and agencies, his business development skills and engineering expertise, and 
his in-depth understanding of the Company’s products and their markets. 

Officers 

Michael  P.  Malone.    Mr.  Malone,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Assistant 
Secretary, joined the Company in 1998 as Director of Finance and Treasurer and became Chief 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Officer in 2000.  From 1997 to 1998, he was the Controller at Vasca, Inc., a privately-
held medical device company.  Prior to 1997, Mr. Malone was with ZOLL Medical Corporation, 
a publicly-traded medical device and software solutions company, for five years as its Controller 
and Treasurer.  Mr. Malone and the Company are parties to an Employment Agreement, which 
agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” in the Compensation section below. 

Corporate Governance 

Board Composition and Independence; Meetings 

The size of the Board of Directors is set at four directors. The Board has determined that 
each current director other than Mr. Guild is an “independent” director as that term is defined in 
the rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), including Listing Rule 5605, 
and Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  The 
Company does not utilize any other definition or criteria for determining the independence of a 
director or nominee, and no other transactions, relationships, or arrangements exist to the Board’s 
knowledge  or  were  considered  by  the  Board  in  determining  any  director’s  or  nominee’s 
independence.   

The  Board  of  Directors  held  four  meetings  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  29, 
2018.  Each  director attended  100%  of the aggregate  of  (a)  the  total  number  of meetings  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  he  was  eligible  to  attend,  and  (b)  the  total  number  of  meetings  of  all 
committees of the Board of Directors on which he served that were held during fiscal year 2018.  

Board Structure; Role in Risk Oversight 

The Board currently combines the role of Chairman of the Board with the role of Chief 
Executive  Officer,  with  Carl  H.  Guild,  Jr.  serving  in  both  capacities  since  2001.    The  Board 
believes  that  combining  these  roles  fosters  clear  accountability,  effective  decision-making  and 
alignment  on  corporate  strategy.    The  structure  allows  one  person  to  speak  for  and  lead  the 
Company  and  avoids  duplication  of  work  and  confusion  about  who  is  in  charge.    Given  the 
Company’s  historic  size  and  financial  results,  and  the  requirement  that  members  of  the  Board 
serve staggered terms, the Board has determined that neither dividing these roles nor designating 
a lead independent director is necessary or would result in significant benefits to the Company. 
The Board believes that its composition and membership – with 75% of its members considered 
independent - contribute to, and are currently sufficient for, effective independent oversight and 
minimize any potential conflicts that may result from the combination of the CEO and Chairman 
roles. 

The  Board  of  Directors  oversees  the  business  of  the  Company,  including  management 
performance and risk management, to assure that the long-term interests of TCC’s stockholders 
are being served.  The process to identify, analyze, report and manage risks has been developed 
informally over time and involves managers reporting to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, who in turn report to the Board on the significant risks facing the Company.  
Each  risk  is  discussed  and  quantified  when  possible  and  a  plan  is  developed  to  address  and 
mitigate identified risks.  Each committee of the Board is also responsible for reviewing the risk 
exposure of the Company related to the committee’s areas of responsibility and providing input to 
management  and  the  Board  on  such  risks.    The  Audit  Committee  is  especially  critical  in  this 
process,  and  such  committee’s  responsibilities  include  reviewing  risk  management  and 
compliance  programs  and  consulting  with  management  and  the  Board  on  risk  identification, 
measurement and mitigation. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committees 

The  Board  of  Directors  currently  has  two  committees,  the  Audit  Committee  and  the 

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, each as described below. 

Audit Committee 

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board,  which  currently  consists  of  Messrs.  Peoples 
(Chairman),  Blanco  and  Norwood,  held  four  meetings  during  fiscal  year  2018.    Mr.  Briskin 
served  as  chairperson  and  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  until  his  death  in  May  2018.    The 
Company appointed Ralph M. Norwood on May 15, 2019 to serve on the Audit Committee to fill 
the vacancy created by Mr. Briskin's death.  

The Audit Committee’s primary function is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling 

its oversight responsibilities by: 

• 
• 

• 

• 

reviewing the financial reports and other financial information of the Company,  
reviewing  the  Company’s  system  of  internal  controls  regarding  finance  and 
accounting  and  the  Company’s  auditing,  accounting  and  financial  reporting 
processes,  
serving  as  an  independent  and  objective  party  to  monitor  the  Company’s 
financial reporting processes and internal control systems,  
reviewing  and  appraising  the  audit  efforts  of  the  Company’s  independent 
registered public accounting firm,  
reviewing, approving and/or ratifying related person transactions, and  

• 
•  providing an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, 

financial and senior management, and the Board of Directors.   

The Audit Committee acts pursuant to an Audit Committee Charter, a copy of which is 
posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at  https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.    The  Audit 
Committee’s  charter  requires  that  the  committee  review  and  update  the  charter  periodically  as 
conditions  dictate.    In  August  2019,  the  Audit  Committee’s  charter  was reviewed  and  affirmed 
without change.  

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Peoples satisfies the definition of “audit 
committee  financial  expert”  as  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the 
“Commission”) by virtue of his educational and work experience as described above.  The Board 
of Directors also has determined that Messrs. Peoples, Blanco and Mr. Norwood are independent 
(as  was  Mr.  Briskin)  under  Nasdaq’s  listing  standards  for  directors  and  Audit  Committee 
members under Rules 5605(b) and (c). 

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee 

(the 
The  Company’s  Compensation,  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee 
“Governance  Committee”)  currently  consists  of  Messrs.  Blanco  (Chairman),  Peoples  and 
Norwood,  and  held  four  meetings  during  the  2018  fiscal  year.    Mr.  Briskin  also  served  as  a 
member  of  the  Governance  Committee  until  his  death  in  May  2018.    The  Company  appointed 
Ralph M. Norwood on May 15, 2019 to serve on the Governance Committee to fill the vacancy 
created  by  Mr.  Briskin's  death.  As  noted  above,  the  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  these 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
individuals  satisfies  applicable  independence  requirements  for  directors  as  well  as  members  of 
such committee under Nasdaq Rules 5605(d) and (e).   

The primary function of the Governance Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in 
discharging  its  responsibilities  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  compensation  and  benefit 
programs, the organization and membership of the Board, and corporate governance matters.  The 
Governance  Committee’s  goal  is  to  assure  that  the  composition,  practices  and  operation  of  the 
Board  contribute  to  value  creation  and  effective  representation  of  the  Company’s  stockholders, 
and to play a leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance. 

The  Governance  Committee  acts  pursuant  to  the  Compensation,  Nominating  and 
Governance  Committee  Charter,  a  copy  of  which  is  posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.    The  Governance  Committee’s  charter  requires  that 
the  committee  review  and  reassess  the  adequacy  of  the  charter  annually  and  recommend  any 
proposed  changes  to  the  Board  for  approval.    In  August  2019,  the  Governance  Committee’s 
charter  was  reviewed  and  affirmed  without  change.    The  Governance  Committee  must  also 
annually evaluate its own performance.  

The  Board  has  approved  policies  and  procedures  for  the  Governance  Committee  with 
respect to the nomination of candidates to the Board and any committees thereof.  These policies 
at 
and 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx  and  are  summarized  below,  and  have  not  been 
materially changed since adoption. 

Company’s 

procedures 

available 

website 

the 

are 

on 

Nomination Policies and Procedures 

The  Governance  Committee  will  accept  for  consideration  any  candidate  properly 
recommended  by  a  stockholder;  acceptance  of  a  recommendation  for  consideration  does  not 
imply the committee will nominate or recommend for nomination the proposed candidate.   

Stockholders who wish to nominate qualified candidates to serve as directors must notify 
the Company in writing, by notice delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company at 
the address of the Company’s executive offices as set forth in the Company’s periodic reports as 
filed  with  the  Commission,  of  a  proposed  nominee.    Submissions  may  be  by  mail,  courier  or 
personal  delivery.  E-mail  submissions  will  not  be  considered.    In  order  to  ensure  meaningful 
consideration of such candidates, notice must be received not later than 120 calendar days prior to 
the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  proxy  statement  for  the  prior  year’s  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders.  

The notice must set forth as to each proposed nominee: 

the nominee’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address,  

• 
•  his or her principal occupation or employment and business experience,  
• 

the  number  of  shares  of  stock  of  the  Company,  if  any,  which  are  beneficially 
owned by such nominee, and  
any  other  information  concerning  the  nominee  that  must  be  disclosed  as  to 
nominees  in  proxy  solicitations  pursuant  to  applicable  law,  including  but  not 
limited  to  any  arrangements  or  agreements  regarding  the  proposed  candidate’s 
nomination,  all 
the 
recommending stockholder and the Company, and all transactions between such 

the  proposed  nominee  and 

relationships  between 

• 

10 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
parties. 

The notice must also set forth with respect to the stockholder making the nomination the 
name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, of such stockholder, the number of 
shares of the Company that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, and the time 
period such shares have been held.  

Submissions  received  through  this  process  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Governance 
Committee  for  review.    Only  those  submissions  that  comply  with  these  procedures  and  those 
nominees who satisfy the qualifications determined by the Governance Committee for directors 
of the Company will be considered. 

When considering candidates, the Governance Committee strives to achieve a balance of 
knowledge, experience and accomplishment such that the Board reflects a diversity of talent, age, 
skill,  expertise  and  perspective.    While  there  are  no  set  minimum  requirements,  a  candidate 
should:  

•  be intelligent, thoughtful and analytical, 
•  possess superior business-related knowledge, skills and experience, 
• 

reflect  the  highest  integrity,  ethics  and  character,  and  value  such  qualities  in 
others, 

•  have excelled in both academic and professional settings, 
•  demonstrate achievement in his or her chosen field, 
•  be free of actual or potential conflicts of interest, 
•  be familiar with regulatory and governance matters, 
•  have  the  ability  to  devote  sufficient  time  to  the  business  and  affairs  of  the 

Company, and 

•  demonstrate  the  capacity  and  desire  to  represent,  fairly  and  equally,  the  best 

interests of the Company’s stockholders as a whole. 

In  addition  to  the  above  criteria  (which  may  be  modified  from  time  to  time),  the 
Governance  Committee  may  consider  such  other  factors as it  deems  in the best  interests  of the 
Company and its stockholders, including a candidate’s independence, financial sophistication and 
special competencies.  The Governance Committee does not have a formal policy with regard to 
the  consideration  of  diversity  when  identifying  and  evaluating  nominees  but  diversity  may  be 
considered when making nominations, including racial and ethnic diversity, gender, and diversity 
of personal and professional experiences, backgrounds, skills and qualifications. 

The  Governance  Committee  identifies  potential  candidates  through  referrals  and 
recommendations,  including  by  incumbent  directors,  management  and  stockholders,  as  well  as 
through business and other organizational networks.  The Governance Committee may retain and 
compensate  third  parties,  including  executive  search  firms,  to  identify  or  evaluate,  or  assist  in 
identifying or evaluating, potential director nominees. 

Current members of the Board with the requisite skills and experience are considered for 
re-nomination, balancing the value of the member’s continuity of service and familiarity with the 
Company  with  that  of  obtaining  a  new  perspective,  and  considering  each  individual’s 
contributions, performance and level of participation, the current composition of the Board, and 
the  Company’s  needs.    If  any  existing  members  do  not  want  to  continue  in  service  or  if  it  is 
decided  not  to  re-nominate  a  director,  new  candidates  are  identified  in  accordance  with  those 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
skills,  experience  and  characteristics  deemed  necessary  for  new  nominees,  and  are  evaluated 
based on the qualifications set forth above.  In every case, the Governance Committee meets (in 
person or telephonically) to discuss each candidate, and may require personal interviews before 
final approval.  Once a slate is selected, the Governance Committee presents it to the full Board. 

The  Governance  Committee  does  not  currently,  and  does  not  intend  in  the  future,  to 
differentiate  between  or  alter  the  manner  in  which  it  evaluates  candidates  based  on  the 
constituency (including stockholders) that proposed the candidate. 

For  a  description  of  the  Governance  Committee’s  role  in  evaluating  and  establishing 
compensation programs, policies and levels for the Company, see the Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis and Compensation sections below. 

Stockholder Communications and Director Attendance at Annual Stockholder Meetings 

The Board welcomes communications from stockholders and has adopted a procedure for 
receiving and addressing such communications.  Stockholders may send written communications 
to  the  entire  Board  or  individual  directors,  addressing  them  to  Technical  Communications 
Corporation,  100  Domino  Drive,  Concord,  MA  01742,  Attention:  Chief  Financial  Officer.    All 
such  communications  will  be  forwarded  to  the  full  Board  of  Directors  or  to  any  individual 
director or directors to whom the communication is directed unless the communication is clearly 
junk  mail  or  a  mass  mailing,  a  business  solicitation,  advertisement  or job  inquiry,  or  is  unduly 
hostile,  threatening,  illegal,  or  similarly  inappropriate,  in  which  case  the  Company  has  the 
authority to discard or take appropriate legal action regarding the communication. 

Recognizing that director attendance at the Company’s annual meetings of stockholders 
can  provide  stockholders  with  an  opportunity  to  communicate  with  members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors,  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Board  of  Directors  to  strongly  encourage,  but  not  require,  the 
members  of  the  Board  to  attend  such  meetings.  All  members  of  the  Board  except  Mr.  Briskin 
attended the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

TCC’s  policies  regarding  stockholder  communications  and  director  attendance  (which 
may  be  modified  from  time  to  time)  can  be  found  on  the  Company’s  website  at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.  

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions; Legal Proceedings 

 David A. White, the Company’s Secretary, is a member of a law firm that provides legal 
services to the Company.  Fees paid to Mr. White’s law firm during the Company’s 2018 fiscal 
year were approximately $51,000 and approximately $57,000 for fiscal year 2017.  There were no 
other  transactions  during  fiscal  years  2018  or  2017,  and  there  are  no  currently  proposed 
transactions, to which the Company was or is to be a participant and in which any related person 
had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. There are no family relationships among the 
directors,  executive  officers  or  any  nominee  therefor,  and  to  the  Company’s  knowledge  no 
arrangements  or  understandings  exist  between  any  director  or  nominee  and  any  other  person 
pursuant  to  which  such  director  or  nominee  was  or  is  to  be  selected  as  a  director  or  executive 
officer. 

There are no material proceedings to which a director, executive officer or nominee is a 
party adverse to the Company or its subsidiary or has a material interest adverse to the Company 
or its subsidiary, nor to the Company’s knowledge are there any proceedings or events material to 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
an  evaluation  of  the  ability  or  integrity  of  the  Company’s  directors,  nominees  or  executive 
officers. 

Code of Ethics 

The  Company  has  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  which  applies  to  all  of  its 
employees, officers and directors.  A copy of this code can be found on the Company’s website at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE  

The  following  is  the  report  of  the  Audit  Committee  with  respect  to  the  Company’s 

audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2018. 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the 2018 fiscal year audited financial 
statements  with  management.    The  Audit  Committee  has  also  discussed  with  the  Company’s 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  fiscal  2018,  CohnReznick  LLP,  the  matters 
required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61 (as amended) as adopted by 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; received and reviewed the written disclosures 
and  the  letter  from  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  required  by  applicable 
requirements  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  regarding  the  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm’s  communications  with  the  Audit  Committee  concerning 
independence;  and  discussed  with  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  its 
independence and any relationships that may impact its objectivity and independence.  

Based  upon  the  review  and  discussions  referred  to  above,  the  Audit  Committee 
recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited financial statements for the fiscal year 
ended September 29, 2018 be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for filing 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Audit Committee 
Thomas E. Peoples (Chair) 
Ralph M. Norwood 
Francisco F. Blanco 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

As noted above, one role of the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee 
of the Board of Directors, comprised solely of non-employee, “independent” directors, is to assist 
the Board with discharging its responsibilities relating to the compensation of TCC’s employees, 
officers and directors, and the development and administration of the Company’s compensation 
and benefit programs.  

The  Governance  Committee  operates  under  a  written  charter,  which  is  available  at 
https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. As set forth in the charter, the committee’s authority 
and responsibilities with respect to compensation include: 

•  For executives, to assist with the development of an executive compensation program 
supportive  of  the  achievement  of  the  Company’s  strategic  goals  and  objectives,  to 
review  and  approve  the  goals  and  objectives  relevant  to  the  compensation  of  the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  including  an  annual  evaluation  of  the 
CEO’s  performance  and  the  establishment  of  the  CEO’s  compensation  and  other 
material terms of employment, and to review and approve senior management team 
member compensation; 

•  For  directors,  to annually evaluate  the  appropriate level  and  form  of  compensation 
for  members  of  the  Board  and  its  committees,  and  to  recommend  changes  to  the 
Board when appropriate; and 

•  For employees generally, to monitor and review all general compensation strategies 
and programs of the Company, including equity incentive and benefit programs. 

The following discussion provides information about the Company’s compensation plans 
and programs generally, as well as compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our “named 
executive  officers”  pursuant  to  applicable  Commission  rules  and  regulations.    For  additional 
information, please see the Compensation section that follows this discussion and analysis. 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives  

The  philosophy  underlying 

the  Company’s  compensation  plans 

to  provide 
compensation  that  rewards  both  individual  and  organizational  performance  and  align  such 
compensation  with  stockholder  interests.    The  Company  aims  to  make  executive  compensation 
sensitive to and reflective of the financial condition and performance of the Company, which is 
defined  in  terms  of  revenue  growth  and  profitability.  Compensation  also  must  be  competitive, 
thereby  enabling  the  Company  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  highly-qualified  individuals  who 
contribute to the Company’s success. 

is 

Procedure 

Compensation  decisions  are  made  annually  and  are  tied  to  the  Company’s  fiscal  year-
end.    For  each  employee,  a  performance  evaluation  is  conducted  by  his  or  her  supervisor,  the 
results  of  which  are  shared  with  the  employee.    The  evaluation  encompasses  a  review  of  the 
employee’s individual performance over the course of the fiscal year, and includes recognition of 
the  achievement  by  TCC  of  its  strategic  objectives  and  priorities.    Compensation  decisions  for 
non-officer  employees  are  made  after  the  results  of  the  performance  evaluations  have  been 
considered  and  an  informal  analysis  is  completed  that  considers  the  goals  of  market 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
competitiveness  and  enhancement  of  stockholder  value.  No  upward  adjustment  is  made  to  an 
employee’s  compensation  if  the  individual’s  performance  does  not  merit,  or  if  the  Company’s 
financial condition and performance do not support, such an adjustment. 

The  Governance  Committee  does  not  make  individual  compensation  decisions for  non-
officer employees.  Rather, our Chief Executive Officer sets compensation levels and presents the 
aggregate information to the Governance Committee for its information.  Bonuses are typically 
paid in December, and salary increases are effective October 1 and paid retroactively before the 
end of the calendar year. 

Compensation  packages  for  our  named  executive  officers  are  analyzed  and  discussed 
individually  by  the  Governance  Committee,  and  decisions  are  made  once  the  Governance 
Committee has obtained all of the information it deems necessary.  Information that is considered 
in making named executive officer compensation decisions includes information provided to the 
Governance Committee via presentations made to the committee by the named executive officers 
themselves.    Such  presentations  include  highlights  of  achievements  and  milestones  met  by  the 
officers in the fiscal year and the results of each individual’s performance self-evaluation.   The 
Governance Committee also considers the Company’s financial condition and performance. 

The  accounting  and  tax  treatment  of  compensation  decisions  generally  have  not  been 
material factors in determining the amount and type of compensation given to executive officers, 
other than to balance the potential cost to the Company with the benefit or value to the executive.  
The tax and accounting treatment of different compensation arrangements may play a greater role 
in  the  decision-making  process  in  the  future.    The  effects  on  Section  409A  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) also would be considered when applicable. 

The Governance Committee has not to date employed any compensation consultants to 
assist it with compensation decisions, although it is authorized by its charter to do so and reserves 
the right to engage such consultants when and if deemed necessary or advisable. The Governance 
Committee  also  has  the  authority  to  form,  and  delegate  any  of  its  responsibilities  to, 
subcommittees as it deems appropriate, although to date it has not done so. 

Compensation Components 

The components of compensation provided to named executive officers (as well as non-
officer  employees)  typically  include  base  salary,  annual  discretionary  bonuses  and  equity 
incentives.  Bonuses and equity incentives have historically been granted in periods during which 
the  Company’s  financial performance  have supported  such  awards.  Executive  officers  have  not 
received these components of compensation when the Company’s operating results have not been 
positive  and/or  the  recipients  have  not  achieved  specified  performance  milestones.  No  bonuses 
were  paid  with  respect  to  fiscal  year  2018  or  2017  to  any  named  executive  officer  due  to  the 
financial performance of the Company.  

The Company also has in place retirement and change of control arrangements with its 
two named executive officers, who participate in the group benefits offered to all employees, such 
as medical and life insurance.  

Base Salary 

Base salary levels for the Company’s named executive officers are based on an informal 
review  of  compensation  for  competitive  positions  in  the  market  and  reflect  job  responsibilities 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  skills,  level  of  experience,  individual  performance,  judgments  as  to  past  and  future 
contributions to the Company, and the Company’s compensation budget.  Specific weight is not 
given to any particular factor when establishing base salaries, although most weight is typically 
given to individual performance.  The Company’s practice has been to review base salaries at the 
fiscal  year-end  as  noted  above,  although  salaries  may  be  reviewed  more  frequently  if 
circumstances dictate.   

Annual Bonuses 

Bonuses, when paid, are designed to tie awards to individual performance and motivate 
and  reward  employees  for  their  contributions  to  the  Company.    A  number  of  factors  are 
considered  in  determining  whether  annual  bonuses  should  be  paid,  most  importantly  the 
achievement  by  the  Company  of  specified  financial  objectives  and  the  achievement  by  the 
employees of individual objectives.  Recognition of individual performance and accomplishment 
is  based  on  a  subjective  analysis  of  each  individual’s  performance;  recognition  of  Company 
performance is based on an evaluation of specified measures of corporate performance, such as 
corporate profits and sales order activity.   

The  Company  has  an  Executive  Bonus  Program  for  the  benefit  of  key  management 
employees  –  traditionally  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  –  and  an 
informal bonus program for all other employees.  For named executive officers, an initial plan is 
set  and  approved  by  the  Governance  Committee  at  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  and  bonus 
awards  are  determined  out  of  such  plan  at  year-end  based  on  Company  and  individual 
performance.    For  non-officer  employees,  the  budget  is  established  by  management,  subject  to 
review  by  the  Governance  Committee,  at  year-end  based  on  the  Company’s  financial 
performance  during  the  year,  and  individual  awards  are  determined  through  a  consultative 
process involving an employee’s supervisor and our Chief Executive Officer. 

Equity Incentives 

As  with  base  salary  and  bonus  determinations,  equity  compensation  awards  are 
determined  on  an  informal,  annual  basis.    An  important  objective  of  this  component  of 
compensation  is  to  strengthen  the  relationship  between  the  long-term  value  of  the  Company’s 
stock  price  and  the  potential  financial  gain  for  employees,  as  well  as  retention  of  personnel.  
Historically the Company has awarded stock options to its employees and directors as the equity 
component of compensation, which provide recipients the opportunity to purchase shares of our 
Common Stock upon vesting and become valuable only if the trading price of the Common Stock 
increases.  The recipient is therefore motivated to remain with the Company until the options vest 
and motivated to improve individual performance in support of improved Company performance.  

In  selecting  employees  eligible  to  receive  equity  compensation  grants  (whether  at  the 
initial hire date or through periodic grants) and determining the size of such grants, a variety of 
factors are considered, including the job and responsibility level and past, current and prospective 
services  rendered,  or  to  be  rendered,  to  the  Company  by  the  employee.    Determination  of  the 
employees eligible to receive awards and the size of such awards is based on a subjective analysis 
by  the  Governance  Committee,  with  input  and  recommendations  from  Mr.  Guild,  of  each 
individual’s position within the Company, his or her performance, and his or her growth potential 
and that of the Company.   

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Plans 

The  Company  currently  administers  two  plans  that  provide  for  the  grant  of  equity 

incentive compensation to officers, directors and employees.   

The Technical  Communications  Corporation  2005  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option Plan,  as 
amended (the “2005 Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors in May 2005 and permitted 
the grant of non-statutory stock options to purchase up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock to 
employees, directors and consultants.  The stated purpose of the 2005 Plan was to promote the 
success  and  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  by  permitting  and  encouraging 
employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  to  obtain  a  proprietary  interest  in  the 
Company or its subsidiaries through the grant of non-statutory options to purchase shares of the 
Company.    Determinations  as  to  recipients  of  awards,  option  term,  vesting  period  and  exercise 
price  were  made  by  the  Governance  Committee  in  its  discretion.    As  of  August  9,  2019,  the 
Company had issued a total of 208,500 options pursuant to the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan expired 
on May 5, 2015.  As of August 9, 2019, no shares remained available for awards under such plan, 
although options to purchase 35,000 shares granted under the 2005 Plan remained outstanding. 

In  December  2016, the  Board  of  Directors  approved and  adopted  an  amendment  to  the 
Technical  Communications  Corporation  2010  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  the  “2010 
Plan”) upon the recommendation of the Governance Committee to increase the number of shares 
of  Common  Stock  authorized  for  issuance  upon  grants  and  awards  to  400,000  shares.    Such 
amendment  was  approved  by  stockholders  at  the  2017  annual  meeting.    The  2010  Equity  Plan 
now provides for the issuance of up to 400,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to awards of 
stock  options  (incentive  and  non-qualified),  stock  appreciation  rights,  and  restricted  stock  to 
employees, directors and consultants to the Company.   

The  stated  purpose  of  the  2010  Plan  is  to  promote  the  success  and  interests  of  the 
Company and its stockholders by permitting and encouraging participants to obtain a proprietary 
interest in the Company through the grant of awards that are consistent with the Company’s goals 
and that link the personal interests of participants to those of the Company’s stockholders.  The 
2010 Plan is further intended to enable the Company to attract, retain and motivate those whose 
services  are  deemed  critical  to  the  success  of  the  Company  and  align  the  interests  of  such 
individuals  with  those  of  the  Company.  Determinations  as  to  award  recipients,  duration,  price, 
vesting  and  performance  requirements  and  other  material  terms  are  made  by  the  Governance 
Committee,  although  there  are  specific requirements as  to the price  and  term  of  certain  awards 
depending  on  the  award  type  and  recipient.  If  any  award  under  the  2010  Plan  is  canceled, 
terminates,  expires  or  lapses  for  any  reason  without  having  been  exercised  in  full,  any  shares 
subject  to  such  award  that  remain  unpurchased  are  available  for  future  grant.    In  addition,  any 
shares retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise price of 
such award, or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise, are treated as not issued 
and shall continue to be available. At the same time, shares issued under the 2010 Plan and later 
repurchased  by  the  Company  are  not  available  for  future  grant  or  sale.  As  of  August  9,  2019, 
there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 196,337 shares pursuant to the 2010 Plan 
and 193,863 shares were still available for awards. 

Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation 

The Company does not offer or have in place any formal retirement, severance or similar 
compensation programs other than its 401(k) plan.  Rather, the Company individually negotiates 
with  those  employees  for  whom  retirement,  severance  or  similar  compensation  is  deemed 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
necessary.  A  description  of  the  severance  arrangements  with  the  Company’s  named  executive 
officers follows. 

Carl H. Guild, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant  to  his  employment  agreement,  upon  termination  of  his  employment  without 
“cause” by the Company or upon his death or disability, Mr. Guild is entitled to receive severance 
pay in an amount equal to the greater of six months’ base salary at the then-current level or the 
balance of the term of the agreement, less applicable taxes and other required withholdings and 
amounts owed to the Company, and including all health and other benefits to which he had been 
entitled while employed by the Company at the Company’s expense for at least six months. If the 
Company  determines  not  to  renew  Mr.  Guild’s  employment  agreement,  he  is  entitled  to  an 
amount equal to six months’ base salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other 
required withholdings and amounts owed to the Company, and the continuation of all health and 
other benefits to which he had been entitled while employed by the Company at the Company’s 
expense for at least six months. 

“Cause” is defined as Mr. Guild’s failure or refusal to perform the services specified in 
his  employment  agreement  or  to  carry  out  any  lawful  directions  of  the  Board;  conviction  of  a 
felony; fraud or embezzlement involving the assets of the Company, its customers, suppliers or 
affiliates;  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct;  or  breach  of  any  term  of  his  employment 
agreement. 

Mr.  Guild  may  terminate  his  employment  agreement  upon  prior  written  notice  to  the 
Company.  Upon his voluntary termination, he is entitled to severance pay – defined as his base 
salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other required withholdings and amounts 
owed to the Company – equal to six months if the termination date is on the renewal date of the 
agreement  or  the  lesser  of  six  months  or  the  balance  of  the  term  of  the  agreement  if  the 
termination date is before such renewal date. 

In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  where  Mr.  Guild  resigns  or  is 
terminated  without  cause  by  the  Company  within  24  months  after  such  an  event,  any  unvested 
options held shall automatically vest and become immediately exercisable.  In addition, Mr. Guild 
would be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to 24 months’ base salary at the 
then-current  level,  less  applicable  taxes  and  other  withholdings  and  amounts  due  and  plus  all 
accrued  and  unpaid  expenses  and  vacation  time.    In  the  event  that  any  payment  to  be  received 
pursuant to such change in control or the value of any acceleration right in any Company stock 
options  held  in  connection  with  the  change  in  control  of  the  Company  would  be  subject  to  an 
excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being 
an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of such terms in Section 280G(b) of the Code, 
the  amount  payable  will  be  increased  (grossed  up)  to  cover  the  excise  tax  liability  due  under 
Section 4999 of the Code, if otherwise permitted under the Code. 

“Change  in  control”  is  defined  as  the  occurrence  of  any  one  of  the  following:  (a)  any 
person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (other than 
the Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the 
Company or its subsidiaries), becoming the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 
51%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the then-outstanding  securities of  the  Company 
that  may  be  cast  for  the  election  of  directors  of  the  Company;  or  (b)  as  the  result  of,  or  in 
connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of 
assets or contested election or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company or any successor 
corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or such 
other  corporation  or  entity  after  such  transaction,  are  held  in  the  aggregate  by  holders  of  the 
Company’s  securities  entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors  of  the  Company 
immediately prior to such transaction; or (c) the approval of the stockholders of the Company of a 
plan of liquidation.  

Michael P. Malone, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 

Under  Mr.  Malone’s  employment  agreement,  the  Company  has  the  right,  upon  written 
notice, to terminate his employment (a) immediately at any time for “cause” or (b) at any time 
without “cause”. Cause is defined as his failure or refusal to perform the services specified in his 
employment agreement or to carry out any lawful directions of the Board; conviction of a felony; 
fraud or embezzlement involving the assets of the Company, its customers, suppliers or affiliates; 
gross negligence or willful misconduct; inability for a continuous period of at least 180 days in 
the  aggregate  during  any  360-day  period  to  perform  his  duties  due  to  a  physical  or  mental 
disability incapable of reasonable accommodation under applicable law; or breach of any term of 
his employment agreement. 

Upon termination of employment without cause by the Company, Mr. Malone is entitled 
to receive severance pay in an amount equal to the greater of six months’ base salary at the then-
current  level  or  his  base  salary  for  the  balance  of  the  term  of  the  agreement.  If  the  Company 
determines  not  to  renew  Mr.  Malone’s  employment  agreement,  he  is  guaranteed,  at  the 
Company’s option, at will employment for six months or severance pay in an amount equal to six 
months’ base salary at the then-current level.  In either case, such amounts shall be less applicable 
taxes  and  other required  withholdings  and  amounts  owed  to  the  Company,  plus  all accrued  but 
unpaid expenses and vacation time. 

In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  where  Mr.  Malone  resigns  or  is 
terminated without cause by the Company within six months after such an event, any unvested 
options  held  shall  automatically  vest  and  become  immediately  exercisable.  In  addition,  Mr. 
Malone would be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to six months’ base salary 
at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other withholdings and amounts due and plus 
all accrued and unpaid expenses and vacation time.  In the event that any payment to be received 
pursuant to such change in control or the value of any acceleration right in any Company stock 
options  held  in  connection  with  the  change  in  control  of  the  Company  would  be  subject  to  an 
excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being 
an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of such terms in Section 280G(b) of the Code, 
the amount payable to Mr. Malone will be increased (grossed up) to cover the excise tax liability 
due under Section 4999 of the Code, if otherwise permitted under the Code. “Change in control” 
in  Mr.  Malone’s  employment  agreement  has  the  same  definition  as  that  found  in  Mr.  Guild’s 
agreement, provided above. 

No other employees receive or are entitled to receive any retirement, severance or similar 

compensation.  

Perquisites and Other Benefits 

The  Company  generally  does  not  provide  its  officers  with  “perks”  or  similar  types  of 
benefits.  Messrs. Guild and Malone have life insurance policies for which the Company pays the 
premium,  and  the  Company  also  typically  matches  up  to  a  certain  percentage  of  their 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
contributions to the Company’s 401(k) plan.  Both of these benefits are generally available to all 
Company employees, subject to certain limitations and restrictions.  Messrs. Guild and Malone, 
like  other  employees,  also  are  entitled  to  participate  in  TCC’s  employee  benefit  plans  offering 
group  disability  insurance,  group  medical  and  hospitalization  plans,  and  retirement  and  profit-
sharing plans.   

Chief Executive Officer Compensation 

Mr.  Guild  has  been  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  since  1998 
and Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2001.  His base salary for each of fiscal years 2018 
and 2017 was $285,000. 

Mr. Guild did not receive a bonus with respect to the fiscal years ended September 29, 
2018 and September 30, 2017 due to the Company’s financial condition at year-end and the lack 
of  achievement  by  the  Company  and  Mr.  Guild  of  specified  performance  milestones  for  the 
periods.  

In  fiscal  2018,  the  Board  awarded  Mr.  Guild  an  option  to  purchase  3,500  shares  of 
Common Stock for his service as a director, as it did for all other directors.  These non-qualified 
options were granted on February 12, 2018 under the 2010 Plan at an exercise price of $7.25 per 
share with a term of 10 years, and vest over a five year period.  Mr. Guild also was awarded a 
non-qualified  option  to  purchase  3,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  his  service  as  a  director 
during  fiscal  2017.  These  non-qualified  options  were  granted  on  February  13,  2017  under  the 
2010 Plan at an exercise price of $2.50 per share with a term of 10 years, and vest over a five year 
period.  See “Director Compensation” in the Compensation section below for more information 
regarding such director option grants. 

See “Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation” above for a 
discussion of the severance payments payable to Mr. Guild under the terms of his employment 
agreement. 

Chief Financial Officer Compensation 

Mr. Malone has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 2000 and Treasurer 

since 1998.  His base salary for each of fiscal years 2018 and 2017 was $160,000. 

Mr. Malone did not receive a bonus with respect to the fiscal years ended September 29, 
2018 and September 30, 2017 due to the Company’s financial condition at year-end and the lack 
of  achievement  by  the  Company  and  Mr.  Malone  of  specified  performance  milestones  for  the 
periods.  Mr. Malone also was not awarded any stock options or other equity incentives  during 
fiscal years 2018 or 2017. 

See “Retirement, Severance, Change in Control and Similar Compensation” above for a 
discussion of the severance payments payable to Mr. Malone under the terms of his employment 
agreement. 

Tax Considerations 

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a tax deduction to public companies for 
compensation over $1,000,000 paid to certain employees, generally the Chief Executive Officer 
and  the  four  other  most  highly  compensated  executive  officers.    Qualifying  performance-based 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
compensation is not subject to the deduction limit if certain requirements are met.  In fiscal 2018, 
no  compensation  paid  by  the  Company  was  nondeductible  as  a  result  of  the  $1,000,000 
limitation.  Furthermore, the Board of Directors believes that, given the general range of salaries 
and bonuses for executive officers of the Company, the $1,000,000 threshold of Section 162(m) 
will  not  be  reached  by  any  executive  officer  of  the  Company  in  the  foreseeable  future.  
Accordingly, the Board has not formulated a policy to address non-qualifying compensation. 

Say on Pay Proposal and Vote 

As discussed under Proposal II below, stockholders will have the opportunity to cast their 
vote  on  the  compensation  of  TCC’s  named  executive  officers  as  described  in  this  Proxy 
Statement at the Meeting. The advisory vote will not be binding on the Governance Committee or 
the  Board  of  Directors.  However,  the  Governance  Committee  and  the  Board  will  review  the 
voting  results  and  any  concerns  raised  by  stockholders  will  be  considered  when  determining 
future  compensation  arrangements  and  making  decisions  about  future  compensation  programs 
and  practices.    The  Board  and  Governance  Committee  also  may  consult  directly  with 
stockholders  to  better  understand  any  issues  and  concerns.  Stockholders  (not  including  broker 
non-votes) have voted in favor of the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers 
every year since being given the opportunity to do so. At the Company’s 2011 annual meeting of 
stockholders and again at the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders, stockholders voted in favor of 
including an advisory vote on executive compensation in the Company’s proxy materials every 
year as recommended by the Board, which annual vote the Board implemented.   

22 

 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers 

COMPENSATION 

The following tables set forth all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by 
or paid to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, who were the 
only  “named  executive  officers”  of  the  Company  during  its  2018  fiscal  year,  for  all  services 
rendered  by  such  officers  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary  in  all  capacities  for  the  periods 
presented. 

Summary Compensation Table 

Name  
and  
Principal Position 

Carl H. Guild, Jr.  
President, Chief  
Executive Officer  
and Chairman 

Michael P. Malone 
Chief Financial Officer, 
Treasurer and Assistant 
Secretary  

Year 

Salary 
($) 

Bonus 
($) 

2018 

$285,006(1) 

2017 

$285,006(1) 

2018 

$160,014(5) 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2017 

$160,014(5) 

- 

Option 
Awards 
($) 

All  
Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Total 
($) 

$18,524(2) 

$6,910(3) 

$310,440 

$5,815(4) 

$6,765(3) 

$297,586 

-- 

-- 

$6,109(6) 

$166,123 

$6,000(6) 

$166,014 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Mr. Guild’s annual base salary was set at $285,000 effective March 1, 2012.   

Amount  represents  an  award  on  February  12,  2018  of  a  non-qualified  option  to 
purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock at $7.25 per share, which vests over a five 
year  period  and  has  a  10  year  term.    Such  award  was  made  to  Mr.  Guild  for  his 
service  as  a  director  of  the  Company.    The  dollar  amount  presented  includes  the 
aggregate  fair  value  of the  award  on  the  date  of  grant. The  fair  value  of the  option 
was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with 
the  following  weighted  average  assumptions:  dividend  yield  of  0%,  expected 
volatility of 82%, risk-free interest rate of 2.5%, and expected life of 6.5 years. 

Includes the Company’s 25% match on the first 6%, and 30% match on the second 
6%, of Mr. Guild’s 401(k) contributions for fiscal 2018 and 2017.  Also includes life 
insurance premiums paid by the Company of $414 and $360 for each of fiscal years 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Amount  represents  an  award  on  February  13,  2017  of  a  non-qualified  option  to 
purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock at $2.50 per share, which vests over a five 
year  period  and  has  a  10  year  term.    Such  award  was  made  to  Mr.  Guild  for  his 
service  as  a  director  of  the  Company.    The  dollar  amount  presented  includes  the 
aggregate  fair  value  of the  award  on  the  date  of  grant. The  fair  value  of the  option 
was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  following  weighted  average  assumptions:  dividend  yield  of  0%,  expected 
volatility of 72%, risk-free interest rate of 2.0%, and expected life of 6.5 years. 

(5) 

(6) 

Mr. Malone’s annual base salary was set at $160,000 effective March 1, 2012.   

Includes the Company’s 25% match on the first 6%, and 30% match on the second 
6%, of Mr. Malone’s 401(k) contributions for fiscal 2018 and 2017.  Also includes 
life  insurance  premiums  paid  by  the  Company  of  $828  and  $720  for  each  of  fiscal 
years 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

For  further  information  on  equity  incentive  awards  granted  to  our  named  executive 
officers,  see  the  disclosure  below.    For  more  information  on  compensation  generally  and 
information  on  severance  and  change  of  control  rights,  see  the  Compensation  Discussion  and 
Analysis section above. 

Employment Agreements 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

The  Company  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Carl  H.  Guild,  Jr.,  its 
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  effective  as  of  November  19,  1998  and  amended 
November  8,  2001.    The  original  term  of  the  agreement  expired  September  30,  2000;  the 
agreement  renews  automatically  thereafter  for  successive  periods  of  one  year  unless  earlier 
terminated  or  not  renewed.    Mr.  Guild’s  agreement  contains  provisions  specifying  his  annual 
compensation, subject to an annual merit review by the Board of Directors.  The agreement also 
provides  for  performance  awards  to  be  paid  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors, based on an assessment of exceptional performance.  Mr. Guild’s base salary was set at 
$285,000 effective March 1, 2012 and has not changed since such date. No performance awards 
were earned with respect to fiscal 2018 and 2017. 

For  a  more  in-depth  discussion  of  Mr.  Guild’s  right  to  receive  annual  performance 
bonuses  and  his  right  to  severance  and  change  in  control  payments,  see  the  Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis section above.   For information on stock options granted to Mr. Guild, 
see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below. 

Michael P. Malone 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Michael P. Malone, its Chief 
Financial Officer, effective as of February 12, 2001.  The original term of the agreement was 12 
months, and the agreement renews automatically for successive periods of one year unless earlier 
terminated  or  not renewed.    Mr.  Malone’s agreement  contains  provisions  specifying  his  annual 
base  salary,  subject  to  an  annual  merit  review  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    The  agreement  also 
provides  for  performance  awards  to  be  paid  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors, based on an exceptional performance assessment.  Mr. Malone’s base salary was set at 
$160,000 effective March 1, 2012 and has not changed since such date. No performance awards 
were earned with respect to fiscal 2018 and 2017. 

For  a  more  in-depth  discussion  of  Mr.  Malone’s  right  to  receive  annual  performance 
bonuses  and  his  right  to  severance  and  change  in  control  payments,  see  the  Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis section above. For information on stock options granted to Mr. Malone, 
see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding unexercised options held by 
our named executive officers outstanding as of the end of the Company’s 2018 fiscal year, which 
date was September 29, 2018. 

Name 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) Exercisable 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) Unexercisable 

3,500 (1) 
18,900 (2) 
3,500 (3) 
3,500 (4) 
3,500 (5) 
3,500 (6) 
2,100 (7) 
1,400 (8) 
700 (9) 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
1,400 (7) 
2,100 (8) 
2,800 (9) 
  3,500 (10) 

Michael P. Malone 

10,501 (2) 

-- 

Option Awards 

Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned 
Options  
(#) 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

7.02 
11.51 
9.77 
10.20 
4.67 
7.65 
4.05 
2.90 
2.50 
7.25 

11.51 

02/08/20 
07/29/20 
05/05/21 
05/03/22 
02/11/23 
02/12/24 
05/07/25 
02/08/26 
02/13/27 
02/12/28 

07/29/20 

(2) 

(3) 

(1) 

(4) 

(5) 

Granted  on  February  8,  2010  under  the  2005  Plan;  options  have  10  year  term  and 
were fully vested as of February 8, 2010. 
Granted on July 29, 2010 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vested 
as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on May 5, 2011 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and were 
fully vested as of May 5, 2011. 
Granted on May 3, 2012 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were 
fully vested as of May 3, 2012. 
Granted on February 11, 2013 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term  and 
were fully vested as of February 11, 2013. 
Granted on February 12, 2014 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term  and 
were fully vested as of February 12, 2014. 
Granted on May 7, 2015 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest as 
to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 8, 2016 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest 
as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 13, 2017 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term  and 
vest as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
(10)  Granted on February 12, 2018 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term  and 
vest as to 20% of the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(6) 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Incentive Plans 

The  Company  currently  administers  two  plans  that  provide  for  the  grant  of  equity 
incentive  compensation  to  officers,  directors  and  employees:    the  Technical  Communications 
Corporation  2010  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2005 
Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. At August 9, 2019, there were an aggregate of 600,000 shares 
authorized under these plans, of which options to purchase 231,337 shares were outstanding and 
193,863 shares were available for issuance upon future grants and awards.  Generally, these plans 
provide  for  the  grant  of  equity  awards  to  employees,  officers,  directors  and  consultants  of  the 
Company,  in  each  case  in amounts,  at prices  and subject  to such restrictions  and  limitations  as 
determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and in compliance with applicable 
law, including the Code.  For more information about each plan, see “Equity Incentives” in the 
Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  section  above.    The  goal  of  the  Company’s  equity 
incentive awards is to promote the success and interests of the Company and its stockholders by 
permitting  and  encouraging  recipients  to  obtain  a  proprietary  interest  in  the  Company  or  its 
subsidiaries  through  the  grant  and  exercise  of  such  awards,  and  motivating  such  recipients  to 
remain with the Company and work towards its success.   

Grants in Fiscal 2018 

On  February  12,  2018,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  to  each  of  the  members  of  the 
Company’s Board of Directors options under the 2010 Plan to purchase 3,500 shares of Common 
Stock, for an aggregate 14,000 shares.  These non-qualified stock options, which are exercisable 
at $7.25 per share, vest 20% per year commencing the first anniversary of the date of grant and 
have  a  term  of  10  years.   Such  grants  were the  only  grants  of stock  options  made to  executive 
officers and directors of the Company during the 2018 fiscal year. 

Retirement, Severance and Similar Compensation 

No retirement, severance or similar compensation was paid to any employee during the 
2018 fiscal year.  For a description of the amounts that may be payable to our named executive 
officers  upon  their  resignation,  retirement,  termination  or  a  change  in  control,  please  see 
“Retirement,  Severance,  Change  in  Control  and  Similar  Compensation”  above  in  the 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis section. The Company also provides to all employees a 
401(k) tax qualified plan. 

Compensation of Directors 

The following table sets forth all compensation paid to the Company’s directors for the 
fiscal year ended September 29, 2018.  Mr. Guild, our President, CEO and Chairman of the Board 
of Directors, did not receive any compensation for his service as a director during the 2018 fiscal 
year other than the option grant discussed above. 

Name 

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash 
($) 

Option Awards  
($) 

All Other 
Compensation  
($) 

Thomas E. Peoples 

$25,900(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Francisco F. Blanco 

$24,500(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Mitchell B. Briskin 

$22,700(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Ralph M. Norwood 

(4) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 
($) 

$44,424 

$43,024 

$41,224 

- 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Includes quarterly stipend and fees paid for Board of Directors and committee meetings 
attended during the fiscal year.  For Mr. Peoples, also includes quarterly stipend received 
for  serving  as  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  beginning  in  May  2018.  For  Mr. 
Briskin,  also  includes  quarterly  stipend  received  for  serving  as  Chairman  of  the  Audit 
Committee until May 2018. 

(2)  Amount represents the award on February 12, 2018 of a non-qualified option to purchase 
3,500 shares of Common  Stock at $7.25 per share, which option vests over a five year 
period and has a 10 year term.  The dollar amount presented represents the aggregate fair 
value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the 
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted 
average assumptions: dividend yield of 0%, expected volatility of 82%, risk-free interest 
rate of 2.5%, and expected life of 6.5 years.  

(3)  Mr. Peoples had 29,400 options outstanding at the 2018 fiscal year-end, of which 19,600 
were fully vested and exercisable. Mr. Blanco had 21,000 options outstanding at the 2018 
fiscal  year-end,  of  which  11,200  were  fully  vested  and  exercisable.  Mr.  Briskin  had 
35,000 options outstanding at the time of his death, of which 25,200 were vested. 

(4)  Mr. Norwood became a director effective May 15, 2019. 

Board  members  are  entitled  to  receive  a  Board  meeting  fee  of  $2,500  per  meeting 
attended (whether in person or via telephone conference, so long as the duration of the meeting 
attended exceeds 30 minutes), which fee can be waived.  Board members also receive a quarterly 
stipend  of  $3,500  for  their  service.  Members  of the Audit  Committee  are  paid  $1,000  for  each 
Audit  Committee  meeting  that  is  not  held  in  connection  with  a  regularly  scheduled  Board 
meeting, and the Audit Committee Chairman receives a quarterly stipend of $1,400 in addition to 
the stipend  he receives as a  director  of  the  Company.   Members of the  Governance  Committee 
receive  $500  for  each  meeting  that  is  held  other  than  in  connection  with  a  regularly  scheduled 
meeting of the Board of Directors. 

Directors are annually granted options to purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock at an 
exercise price equal to the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  Stock options 
granted to directors are considered non-qualified and, beginning in fiscal year 2015, vest 20% per 
year commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant; prior director option grants vested 
immediately.   Each grant expires 10 years after the date of grant, except that if a director ceases 
to  be a  director,  the  option  terminates at the earlier  of  10  years  from  the  date  of  grant or three 
years from the last day as a director.  

TCC  reimburses  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  for  their  reasonable  out-of-pocket 
expenses  incurred  in  attending  Board  and  committee  meetings.    The  Company  believes  that 
members of the Board of Directors received compensation during fiscal year 2018 commensurate 
with  their  responsibilities  to  the  Company  and  appropriate  for  a  company  of  TCC’s  size  and 
revenues. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL II.  STOCKHOLDER ADVISORY VOTE  
ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Reform  Act”) 
and Section 14A of the Exchange Act entitle stockholders to cast a non-binding, advisory vote on 
the compensation of executives as described in a company’s proxy statement, otherwise known as 
“say on pay” proposals.  The legislation makes clear that these votes do not overrule a Board’s 
compensation decisions, impose additional fiduciary duties on the Board, or limit stockholders’ 
ability to make other compensation-related proposals. 

The Company’s guiding compensation philosophy, as discussed above in Compensation 
Discussion and Analysis, is to provide compensation that rewards individual and organizational 
performance  and  align  such  compensation  with  the  interests  of  long-term  stockholders.    The 
Company  aims  to  make  executive  compensation  sensitive  to  Company  performance,  which  is 
defined in terms of revenue growth and profitability.   Compensation also must be competitive, 
thereby  enabling  the  Company  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  highly-qualified  individuals  who 
contribute to the Company’s success.   

We believe that the Company’s executive compensation programs have been effective at 
providing  appropriate  incentives  for  the  achievement  of  targeted  results,  aligning  pay  and 
performance,  creating  an  ownership  culture  in  which  award  recipients  think  and  act  like 
stockholders, and enabling TCC to attract and retain some of the most talented executives in the 
communications security device and system industry. 

Revenues  for  the  Company’s  2018  fiscal  year  were  $3,685,000  with  a  net  loss  of 
$1,480,000  or  $0.80  per  share.  Delays  in  the  receipt  of  certain  foreign  and  domestic  contracts, 
coupled  with  customer  and  production  delivery  requirements,  resulted  in  lower  than  expected 
revenue  for  fiscal  2018.  Major  domestic  and  international  contracts  also  did  not  materialize 
during the fiscal year as expected due to long government procurement cycles.  

Compensation  actions  taken  with  respect  to  fiscal  2018  for  TCC’s  named  executive 
officers  reflected  the  Company’s  results.    Specifically,  in  recognition  of  both  the  Company’s 
disappointing financial performance and poor individual achievement of performance milestones, 
no  annual  performance  bonuses  related  to  company  performance  were  awarded  to  our  CEO  or 
CFO.  Stockholders  are  encouraged  to  read  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  and 
Compensation  sections  of  this  Proxy  Statement  for  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  how  the 
Company’s  compensation  programs  reflect  our  overarching  compensation  philosophy  and  core 
principles  and  how  such  philosophy  and  principles  were 
implemented  when  making 
compensation decisions for the 2018 fiscal year. 

Our  Board  values  constructive  dialogue  on  compensation  and  other  governance  topics, 
and  recognizes  the  interest  that  investors  have  in  executive  compensation.    In  response  to  the 
passage  of  the  Reform  Act  and  in  recognition  of  growing  support  for  advisory  votes  on 
compensation  and  our  stockholders’  say-on-pay  and  say-when-on-pay  votes,  stockholders 
currently have the opportunity to vote on an advisory resolution concerning the compensation of 
our  executives  on  an  annual  basis.    Stockholders  approved  such  frequency  at  the  2017  annual 
meeting of stockholders and will have another opportunity to vote on the frequency of voting on 
say on pay proposals at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders. 

At the Meeting, stockholders are being asked to vote on the following resolution: 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
RESOLVED,  that  the  compensation  paid  to  the  Company’s  named  executive 
officers  as  disclosed  in  the  Compensation  section  (including  the  tables  and 
narrative discussion therein) of this Proxy Statement be hereby APPROVED. 

Stockholders  will  have  the  opportunity  to  vote  for  or  against  such  resolution,  or  abstain 
from voting.  The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock 
voting  on  the  matter  shall  be  required  to  approve  the  stockholder  advisory  vote  on  executive 
compensation as disclosed in this Proxy Statement.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be 
included in the totals for the proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

The  advisory  vote  will  not  be  binding  on  the  Governance  Committee  or  the  Board  of 
Directors.  However, the Governance Committee and the Board will review the voting results and 
any  concerns  raised  by  stockholders  will  be  considered  when  determining  future  compensation 
arrangements  and  making  decisions  about  future  compensation  programs  and  practices.    The 
Board  and  Governance  Committee  also  may  consult  directly  with  stockholders  to  better 
understand any issues and concerns. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”  
THE ADVISORY RESOLUTION APPROVING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
PROPOSAL III.  RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

CohnReznick  LLP  (“CohnReznick”)  acted  as  TCC’s  independent  registered  public 
accounting  firm  for  the  Company’s  2018  fiscal  year.  Moody,  Famiglietti  &  Andronico,  LLP 
(“MFA”) acted as TCC’s independent registered public accounting firm for the Company’s 2017 
fiscal year.  

Effective July 22, 2019, the Company retained the firm of Stowe & Degon, LLC (“Stowe 
and Degon”) to serve as TCC’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year 
ending September 28, 2019. The Audit Committee participated in and approved the decision to 
change independent registered public accounting firms. On July 23, 2019, CohnReznick informed 
the  Company  of  its  intention  to  cease  services  as  the  company’s  accountants  effective July  23, 
2019.  On July 8, 2019, CohnReznick had informed the Company of its intention to resign as the 
independent registered public accounting firm of the Company effective at the conclusion of the 
third quarter interim review for the period ended June 29, 2019. 

The  report  of  CohnReznick  on  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year 
immediately  preceding  its  resignation  did  not  contain  an  adverse  opinion  or  a  disclaimer  of 
opinion,  and  was  not  qualified  or  modified  as  to  uncertainty,  audit  scope,  or  accounting 
principles, except that the report disclosed an uncertainty that raised substantial doubt as to the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Moreover, in connection with the audit of the 
Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year prior to resignation and through July 23, 2019, 
there  were  no  disagreements  between  the  Company  and  CohnReznick  on  any  matter  of 
accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial  statement  disclosure,  or  auditing  scope  and 
procedures which disagreement(s), if not resolved to the satisfaction of CohnReznick, would have 
caused it to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreement(s) in connection with its 
report  on  the  financial  statements  for  such  periods.  Finally,  during  the  Company’s  fiscal  year 
prior  to  resignation  and  through  July  23,  2019,  there  were  no  reportable  events  (as  defined  in 
Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K) with CohnReznick. 

Effective  May 25,  2018,  MFA  was  dismissed  as  the  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm of the Company. The Audit Committee participated in and approved the decision 
to change independent registered public accounting firms. The reports of MFA on the Company’s 
financial statements for each of the two fiscal years immediately preceding its dismissal did not 
contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to 
uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except that the reports disclosed an uncertainty 
that  raised  substantial  doubt  as  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  
Moreover,  in  connection with  the  audits  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  each  of  the 
two  most  recent  fiscal  years  prior  to  dismissal  and  through  May 25,  2018,  there  were  no 
disagreements  between  the  Company  and  MFA  on  any  matter  of  accounting  principles  or 
practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures which disagreement(s), 
if not resolved to the satisfaction of MFA, would have caused it to make reference to the subject 
matter of such disagreement(s) in connection with its reports on the financial statements for such 
periods.  Finally,  during  the  Company’s  two  most  recent  fiscal  years  prior  to  dismissal  and 
through  May 25,  2018,  there  were  no  reportable  events  (as  defined  in  Item 304(a)(1)(v)  of 
Regulation S-K) with MFA. 

It is expected that a representative of Stowe & Degon will be present at the Meeting and 
will be available to respond to appropriate questions and make a statement if he or she so desires. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fees 

Audit Fees.  The aggregate fees billed by CohnReznick for professional services rendered 
for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal year 2018, and the reviews 
of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports during fiscal year 2018, 
were  approximately  $307,000,  which  includes  fees  related  to  the  restatement  of  the  financial 
statements for fiscal year ended September 30, 2017. 

The aggregate fees billed by MFA for professional services rendered for the reviews of 
the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports during fiscal year 2018 were 
approximately $56,000. The aggregate fees billed by MFA for professional services rendered for 
the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for fiscal year 2017, and the reviews of 
the  financial  statements  included  in  the  Company’s  quarterly  reports  during  fiscal  year  2017, 
were approximately $87,000. Additional fees for professional services rendered during fiscal year 
2019 were approximately $51,000. 

Audit-Related  Fees.    No  fees  were  billed  by  CohnReznick  or  MFA  for  assurance  and 
related services that were reasonably related to the performance of such firm’s audit or review of 
the Company’s financial statements for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. 

Tax  Fees.  The  aggregate  fees  billed  by  Andersen  Tax  LLC  for  professional  services 
rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning for the Company for fiscal year 2018 
was approximately $10,300. The aggregate fees billed by MFA for professional services rendered 
for  tax  compliance,  tax  advice  and  tax  planning  for  the  Company  for  fiscal  year  2017  was 
approximately $16,500.  

All Other Fees.   No fees were billed by CohnReznick or MFA for products or services 

provided other than those otherwise described above for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. 

Pre-Approval Policies 

It is the policy of the Audit Committee to pre-approve the audit and permissible non-audit 
services performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in order to 
ensure  that  the  provision  of  such  services  does  not  impair  such  firm’s  independence,  in 
appearance  or  fact.    In  fiscal  year  2018,  the  Audit  Committee  pre-approved  all  such  services 
performed by MFA and CohnReznick. 

Ratification 

Stockholder  ratification  of  the  appointment  of  the  Company’s  independent  registered 
public accounting firm is not required by the Company’s By-laws or otherwise, but is being done 
as a matter of good corporate governance.  If stockholders fail to ratify the selection, the Audit 
Committee will reconsider this selection.  Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in 
its discretion may direct the appointment of a different independent registered public accounting 
firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests 
of the Company and its stockholders. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock voting on 
the  matter  is  required  for  the  ratification  of  the  selection  of  the  independent  registered  public 
accounting  firm.    Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes  will  not  be  included  in  the  totals  for  the 
proposal, and will have no effect on the outcome of the vote. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE RATIFICATION 
OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  
FOR FISCAL YEAR 2019. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS 
AND MANAGEMENT 

The following table shows, as of August 9, 2019, the beneficial ownership of Common 
Stock  of  the  Company  by  (i)  any  person  or  group  who  is  known  to  the  Company  to  be  the 
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s Common Stock, (ii) each of TCC’s current 
directors and nominees, (iii) each of the Company’s named executive officers, and (iv) all current 
directors  and  executive  officers  of  the  Company  as  a  group.  As  of  August  9,  2019,  there  were 
1,850,403 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner(1) 

Amount and Nature of 
Beneficial Ownership(1) 

Percent of Class  

Francisco F. Blanco 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Thomas E. Peoples 

Ralph M. Norwood 

Michael P. Malone 

All current directors, executive 
officers and 5% holders as a group  
(5 persons) 

14,000 (2) 

341,359(3) 

23,069(4) 

- 

90,756(5) 

469,184(6) 

0.8% 

18.0% 

1.2% 

- 

4.9% 

24.2% 

(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  of  the  persons  named  in  the  table  has  sole  voting 
and  investment  power  with  respect  to  the  shares  set  forth  opposite  such  person’s 
name.  With respect to each person or group, percentages are calculated based on the 
number of shares beneficially owned, including shares that may be acquired by such 
person or group, within 60 days of August 9, 2019, upon the exercise of stock options 
or other purchase rights, but not the exercise of options or warrants held by any other 
person.  The address of Messrs. Blanco, Guild, Peoples, Norwood and Malone is c/o 
100  Domino  Drive,  Concord, 
Technical  Communications  Corporation, 
Massachusetts 01742. 

(2)  Represents 14,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(3)  Includes  43,400  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  stock  options,  and  297,959 

shares held jointly by Mr. Guild and his wife. 

(4)  Includes 18,900 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(5)  Includes 10,501 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(6)  Includes an aggregate 86,801 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 

Change in Control 

The  Company  knows  of  no  arrangements  (including  any  pledge  by  any  person  of 

securities of TCC) that may result or have resulted in a change in control of the Company. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Other Matters 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  is  not  aware  of  any  matter,  other  than  those 
described above, that may come before the Meeting.  However, if any other matters are properly 
presented to the Meeting for action, it is intended that the persons named in the enclosed proxy 
card will vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment and applicable law. 

Stockholder Proposals for 2020 Annual Meeting 

Proposals  of  stockholders  for  inclusion  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  form  of  proxy, 
including director nominees, for the Company’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is 
expected  to  be  held  on  Monday,  February  10,  2020)  must  be  received  by  the  Company  at  its 
principal executive offices no later than November 1, 2019, and must comply with the applicable 
requirements  of federal  securities laws and the  Company’s  nomination  procedures  as  discussed 
herein.    Stockholder  proposals  received  outside  this  process  will  be  considered  untimely  if  the 
Company is not provided written notice thereof at least 45 days prior to the first anniversary of 
the  date  of  mailing  of  this  year’s  proxy  materials,  as  set  forth  on  the  first  page  of  this  Proxy 
Statement,  or  December  1,  2019.    In  order  to  curtail  controversy  as  to  the  date  on  which  the 
Company received a proposal, it is suggested that proponents submit their proposals by certified 
mail, return receipt requested. 

Expenses and Solicitations 

The  cost  of  the  solicitation  of  proxies  will  be  borne  by  the  Company.    Proxies  will  be 
solicited  principally  through  the  mail.    Further  solicitation  of  proxies  from  some  stockholders 
may  be  personally  made  by  directors,  officers  and  regular  employees  of  the  Company,  by 
telephone,  electronic  mail,  facsimile  or  special  letter.    No  additional  compensation,  except  for 
reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, will be paid for any such further solicitation 
by such individuals.   

In  addition,  the  Company  may  request  banks,  brokers,  custodians,  nominees,  and 
fiduciaries to forward copies of the Company’s proxy materials to those persons for whom they 
hold shares to request instructions for voting the proxies.  The Company will reimburse any such 
persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs. 

Householding 

Certain  stockholders  who  share  the  same  address  may  receive  only  one  copy  of  this 
Proxy Statement (which includes the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) and the 
2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K in accordance with a notice delivered from such stockholders’ 
bank,  broker  or  other  holder  of  record,  unless  the  applicable  bank,  broker  or  other  holder  of 
record  received  contrary  instructions.  This  practice,  known  as  “householding,”  is  designed  to 
reduce printing and postage costs. If you own your shares through a bank, broker or other holder 
of record and  wish  to  either stop  or  begin  householding,  you  may  do  so,  or  you  may  request a 
separate  copy  of  this  Proxy  Statement  (which  includes  the  Notice  of  Internet  Availability  of 
Proxy Materials) or the Annual Report, either by contacting your bank, broker or other holder of 
record  at  the  telephone  number  or  address  provided  in  the  above  referenced  notice,  or  by 
contacting  TCC  via  telephone  at  (978)  287-5100  or  in  writing  at  Technical  Communications 
Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts, 01742, Attention: Investor Relations.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company will promptly provide separate copies of the requested materials.  If you request to 
begin  or  stop  householding,  you  should  provide  your  name,  the  name  of  your  broker,  bank  or 
other record holder, and your account information. 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 

The  Company  will  provide,  promptly  upon  written  request  and  without  charge  to  each 
stockholder entitled to vote at the Meeting, a copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K  as  filed  with  the  Commission  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  29,  2018.    A  request  for 
copies  of  such  report  should  be  addressed  to  the  Company  at  100  Domino  Drive,  Concord, 
Massachusetts 01742, Attention: Investor Relations. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

(X) 

ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended           September 29, 2018          

(  ) 

TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13  OR  15(d)  OF  THE  SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ________ to ________ 

Commission File Number      001-34816 

Technical Communications Corporation 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Massachusetts 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation 
or organization) 

100 Domino Drive, Concord, MA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

04-2295040 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

01742-2892 
(Zip code) 

(978) 287-5100 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value 
(Title of each class) 

NASDAQ Capital Market 
(Name of each exchange 
on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Not applicable  
(Title of Class) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the 

Securities Act. YES ☐  NO ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section 

15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES ☐  NO ☒ 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
YES ☐    NO ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File 
required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES ☒   NO ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-
accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large 
accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 
Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company 

 ☐ 
 ☐ 
 ☒ 
 ☒ 
 ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended 
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 
13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Act). 

YES ☐    NO ☒ 

Based on the closing price as of March 31, 2018, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common 

stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $7,721,285. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.10 per share, outstanding as of May 

31, 2019 was 1,850,403. 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 

Trading Symbol(s) 

Common 

TCCO 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered 
NASDAQ Capital Market 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION  

Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended September 29, 2018 

Table of Contents 

Risk Factors  

Part I 
Item 1.  Business  
Item 
1A.  
Item 
1B. 
Item 2.  Properties 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings  
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures  

Unresolved Staff Comments  

Part II    

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Item 5. 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Item 
7A.  
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Item 
9A.  
Item 
9B. 

Controls and Procedures 

Other Information  

Part 
III  
Item 
10. 
Item 
11. 
Item 
12. 
Item 
13. 
Item 
14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

Executive Compensation  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

Part IV   
Item 
15. 
Item 
16. 

Signatures  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Form 10-K Summary  

1  

10 

16 
16 
16 
16 

17 
18 
18 

26 
26 
26 

26 

28 

29 

30 

37 

38 

40 

42 

43 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  or  incorporates  by  reference  not  only  historical  information,  but  also 
forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and 
Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  are  subject  to  the  safe  harbors  created  by 
those sections. We refer you to the information under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements." As used in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  references  to  the  "Company,"  “TCC,”  "we,"  "our"  or  "us,"  unless  the  context 
otherwise  requires,  refer  to  Technical  Communications  Corporation  and  our  subsidiary.  All  trademarks  or  trade 
names referred to in this report are the property of their respective owners. 

 Item 1. 

BUSINESS 

PART I 

Technical Communications Corporation was organized in 1961 as a Massachusetts corporation to engage 
primarily  in  consulting  activities.  Since  the  late  1960s,  the  business  has  consisted  entirely  of  the  design, 
development,  manufacture,  distribution,  marketing  and  sale  of  communications  security  devices,  systems  and 
services. The secure communications solutions provided by TCC protect vital information transmitted over a wide 
range of data, video, fax and voice networks. TCC’s products have been sold into a significant number of countries 
institutions  and  multinational 
to  governments,  military  agencies, 
corporations.  The  Company’s  business  consists  of  one  industry  segment,  which  is  the  design,  development, 
manufacture, distribution, marketing and sale of communications security devices, systems and services. 

telecommunications  carriers,  financial 

Overview 

The  Government  Systems  product  line  has  traditionally  been  the  Company’s  core  product  base  and 
typically  generates  the  majority  of  the  Company’s  revenue.  Fiscal  2018  was  unusual  in  that  only  6%  of  the 
Company’s revenue was generated by our Government Systems product line; 85% of the Company’s revenue during 
fiscal  year  2018  was  generated  by  our  engineering  services.  Although  we  expect  engineering  services  to  remain 
strong, we also expect that revenue of our Government Systems products will constitute the majority of our revenue 
in  the  future.  These  products,  such  as  the  internet  protocol  data  encryption  systems  and  the  DSP  9000/HSE  6000 
radio  encryption  system,  have  proven  to  be  highly  durable,  and  have  led  to  significant  repeat  business  from  our 
government  customers.  The  Company  believes  that  these  products  and  their  derivatives  will  continue  to  be  the 
Company’s most significant source of near-term future revenues. 

The  Company’s  products  consist  of  sophisticated  electronic  devices  that  enable  users  to  transmit 
information in an encrypted format and permit recipients to reconstitute the information in a deciphered format if the 
recipient  possesses  the  right  decryption  “key”.  The  Company’s  products  can  be  used  to  protect  confidentiality  in 
communications  between  radios,  landline  telephones,  mobile  phones,  facsimile  machines  and  data  network 
equipment over wires, fiber optic cables, radio waves, and microwave and satellite links. The principal markets for 
the  Company’s  products  are  foreign  and  domestic  governmental  entities,  law  enforcement  and  military  agencies, 
telecommunications  carriers,  financial  institutions,  and  multinational  companies  requiring  protection  of  mission-
critical information. 

TCC  historically  and  presently  designs  and  develops  its  own  equipment  and  software  to  meet  the 
requirements of general secure communications applications, as well as the custom-tailored requirements of specific 
users. A customer may order equipment that is specially programmed to encrypt transmissions in accordance with a 
code to  which only the customer has access. Management believes  the coordinated development of cryptographic 
software and associated hardware allows TCC to provide high-strength encryption security products with efficient 
processing and transmission. Both criteria, the Company believes, are essential to customer satisfaction. 

TCC  manufactures  most  of  its  products  using  third-party  vendors  for  the  supply  of  components  and 
selected  processing.  Final  assembly,  software  loading,  testing  and  quality  assurance  are  performed  by  TCC  at  its 
factory. This manufacturing approach allows TCC to competitively procure the components from multiple suppliers 
while maintaining control of the manufacture and performance of the final product. 

1 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
TCC’s  products  are  sold  worldwide  through  a  variety  of  channels  depending  on  the  country  and  the 
customer.  Generally,  TCC  does  not  use  stocking  distributors  because  the  Company’s  products  are  required  to  be 
sold  under  an  applicable  U.S.  government  license,  which  generally  requires  end-user  information.  Rather,  the 
Company sells directly to customers, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and value-added resellers using 
its  in-house  sales  force  as  well  as  domestic  and  international  representatives,  consultants  and  distributors.  The 
marketing  and  selling  approach  varies  with  each  country  and  often  involves  extensive  test  and  demonstration 
activity prior to the consummation of a sale. TCC has a network of in-country representatives and consultants who 
conduct  performance  demonstrations,  market  the  products  and  close  the  sale,  and  who  handle  on  behalf  of  TCC 
many of the ancillary requirements pertaining to importation duties, taxes, registration fees, and product receipt and 
acceptance.  After-sale,  in-country  support  by  the  representatives  maintains  customer  satisfaction  and  provides  a 
liaison for the Company’s customer support services. 

Providing  secure  communications  systems  and  services  for  government  and  military  markets  worldwide 
remains a principal focus for TCC, as the Company believes continued concerns over security will sustain demand 
for increased protection of both voice and data networks. Our focus in the government market also now includes law 
enforcement special operations customers. Additionally, we see increased interest for secure communications in the 
corporate industrial sector. The Company is pursuing selected, evolutionary upgrades and product derivatives of our 
government/military products both to provide entry into these markets and meet new requirements of our existing 
customers. 

2018 Highlights and Recent Events 

The Company reduced its loss in fiscal year 2018 by $434,000. Revenues for fiscal 2018 were $3,685,000, 
with a net loss of $1,480,000 or $0.80 per share, consisting of $449,000 in product revenue and $3,236,000 from 
revenue of our engineering services. While expected major domestic and international contracts did not materialize 
during the  fiscal  year due to long  government procurement cycles, the  Company did complete delivery of several 
foreign and domestic contracts for its DSP 9000/HSE 6000 radio encryption products. It also provided significant 
engineering  services  under  both  contracts  received  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2017  and  an  additional  contract 
received  in  fiscal  2018.  TCC  had  backlog  at  the  end  of  fiscal  2018  of  $2,118,000  and  deferred  revenue  of 
$2,107,000, as compared to $1,975,000 and $484,000 of backlog and deferred revenue, respectively, at the end of 
fiscal 2017. 

Offering  high-end  custom  cryptographic  services  and  solutions  is  an  established  market  niche  for  the 
Company  and  we  believe  an  important  competitive  differentiator.  In  fiscal  2018,  custom  TCC  equipment  and 
services  continued  to  provide  recurring  revenue  opportunities  within  the  Company’s  established  government 
systems  product  line;  such  equipment  sales  consisted  primarily  of  the  DSP  9000/HSE  6000  radio  encryption  and 
digital  encryption  CX72XX  products,  along  with  custom  solution  engineering  services.  The  Company  also  has 
several significant opportunities it is pursuing for foreign government custom network security systems, which work 
began in fiscal 2018 and will continue during our 2019 fiscal year. 

The market for high-end communications security systems is competitive and subject to long government 
procurement cycles, unpredictable order fulfillment lead times and fluctuating market conditions. While TCC has a 
pipeline of potential contracts and initiatives in development, the timing and outcome of these potential contracts is 
unknown. As such, in fiscal 2018, TCC continued to closely monitor and reduce operating expenses as appropriate, 
while strategically investing in business development efforts. 

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the needs of 
OEMs;  product  enhancements  that  include  expanded  features,  planned  capability  and  applications  growth;  and 
custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. Going forward, the 
Company expects to continue focusing technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our systems design and 
integration  capabilities  and  services  offering  portfolio.  The  following  are  highlights  of  our  product  development 
efforts in fiscal 2018: 

•  Continuation of the development of the next generation IP encryptors, the Cipher X 7220 and 7210; 
•  Completion of the development of the aircraft-compatible HSE 6000 radio encryption product variants; 
•  Continuation of advanced algorithm development for voice applications; and 
• 

Provision of custom engineering services. 

Escalating and continued turmoil around the  world presents both significant opportunities and challenges 
for  TCC.  The  threat  of  terrorism  and  political  unrest  increase  the  demand  for  security  products  that  provide  both 
2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
strategic  and  tactical  benefits,  and  are  readily  available.  At  the  same  time,  political  disruptions  can  cause 
unpredictable  and  erratic  delays  in  the  processing  of  procurements,  delivery  of  products  and  receipt  of  payments. 
The combined effects challenge both our sales capture teams and our production capabilities. The Company believes 
these  market  conditions  will  provide  opportunities  to  build  a  successful  future  through  its  efforts  to  enlarge  and 
enhance  its  product  line  and  expand  its  customer  base  by  both  identifying  new  customers  for  existing  and  new 
products and offering such products to current customers. 

Products and Services 

Described below is TCC’s portfolio of communications security  solutions  for  mission-critical voice, data 

and video networks for military, government and corporate/industrial applications. 

The  Government  Systems  product  line  has  traditionally  been  the  Company’s  core  product  base  and 
typically  generates  the  majority  of  the  Company’s  revenue.  Fiscal  2018  was  unusual  in  that  only  9%  of  the 
Company’s revenue was generated by our Government Systems product line; 85% of the Company’s revenue during 
fiscal  year  2018  was  generated  by  our  engineering  services.  Although  we  expect  engineering  services  to  remain 
strong, we also expect that revenue of our Government Systems products will constitute the majority of our revenue 
in the future. These products, such as our internet protocol data encryption systems and DSP 9000/HSE 6000 radio 
encryption  system,  have  proven  to  be  highly  durable,  and  have  led  to  significant  repeat  business  from  our 
government  customers.  The  Company  believes  that  these  products  and  their  derivatives  will  continue  to  be  the 
Company’s most significant source of near-term future revenues. 

With  the  availability  of  our  next-generation  IP  encryptors  and  the  ability  to  integrate  customer-specific 
national algorithms, the Company believes that its Network Security Systems are competitive for a growing niche of 
mission-critical  government  and  industrial/corporate  network  applications  worldwide.  TCC  expects  that  future 
derivatives  of  its  IP  encryptor  and  KEYNET  IP  Manager  system  will  expand  the  market  opportunity  for  these 
products. 

The  Company’s  Secure  Office  Systems  product  line  had  primarily  consisted  of  products  that  were 
originally acquired through an asset and rights purchase from a subsidiary of AT&T in 1995. These products are no 
longer being marketed. While one of these products, the CSD 4100 secure executive telephone, is still available and 
remains profitable, demand for it has diminished in recent years. We will continue to offer this product from existing 
inventory, which we anticipate will be sufficient for several more years. Remaining available is the CSD 3324 SE, 
our encrypted office telephone that offers secure voice, fax and radio communications. TCC also continues to offer 
CipherTalk® secure mobile phone communication solutions. The Cipher Talk 8500, a secure mobile IP-based phone 
that targets the high-end secure wireless mobile phone market, is competitive but product demand has not developed 
as expected. We will continue to market this product with reduced expectations. 

The Company also provides customized tools, products and training upon a customer’s request, as well as 
design solutions for OEM requirements. In addition, the Company actively sells its engineering services in support 
of  funded  research  and  system  development.  These  services  are  typically  billed  to  a  customer  on  a  time  and 
materials  basis  and  can  run  for  several  months  to  several  years  depending  on  the  scope  of  the  project.  As  noted 
above, fiscal year 2018 was a significant year for engineering services sales and we expect demand for such services 
to remain strong in the future. 

Government Systems 

The Company’s DSP 9000 and HSE 6000 secure radio product lines offer strategic-level security for voice 
and data communications sent over HF, VHF and UHF channels. Designed for military environments, the Company 
believes  these products provide high voice quality over poor line connections,  making them an attractive  security 
solution for military aircraft, naval, base station and man-pack radio applications. These products provide automated 
key  distribution  for  security  and  ease  of  use.  They  are  also  radio  independent  because  software  programmable 
interfaces  allow  radio  interface  levels  to  be  changed  without  configuring  the  hardware.  Base  station,  handset  and 
embedded board configurations are available options. All versions interoperate with TCC’s HSE 6000 Squad Radio 
Headset and Telephone Encryptor for cross-network secure voice conferencing. The DSP 9000 base station model 
also  interoperates  with  the  Company’s  CSD  3324  SE  secure  telephone  system  to  enable  “office-to-field” 
communications. 

3 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
TCC’s  HSE  6000  Squad  Radio  Headset  and  Telephone  Encryptor  is  designed  for  public  safety  special 
operations, land mobile radio applications, as well as military applications. With the optional telephone interconnect 
kit, the HSE 6000 connects to corded handset telephones for secure voice communications and radio-to-telephone 
conferencing over Voice over IP, digital, and analog telephone networks. It is also interoperable with the DSP 9000 
radio  security  product  family,  enabling  secure  voice  communications  and  cross-network  conferencing  across  and 
between air, land, sea and office. 

The  Company’s  CSD  3324  SE  Secure  Telephone,  Fax  and  Data  system  provides  strategic-level 
communications  security  for  voice,  fax  and  data  encryption  in  a  telephone  package  designed  for  government 
applications needing high reliability. The product has a fallback mode, which was originally developed for poor HF 
channels.  As  a  result,  secure  communications  are  possible  even  over  poor  line  conditions.  TCC's  high-level 
encryption  and  automated  key  distribution  system  protect  sensitive  information,  and  internal  storage  of  800  keys 
provides hands-off security. 

The Company’s CSD 3324 SP telephone and fax system provides integrated secure voice and fax security 
in a telephone package designed for government and corporate applications. The CSD 3324 SPV secure telephone 
secures voice communications over the public switched telephone network and interoperates with the CSD 3324 SP 
system. 

Government  customers  can  also  utilize  the  Company’s  Cipher  X  7211  IP  encryption  systems,  described 

below, to achieve superior-grade network encryption and secure communications. 

The Government Systems product line also includes the Company’s DSD 72A-SP Military Bulk Ciphering 
System,  a  rugged  military  system  that  provides  a  high  level  of  cryptographic  security  for  military  data  networks 
operating at up to 34 million bits per second. The product supports a wide variety of interfaces and is designed to 
integrate  into  existing  networks.  Due  to  diminished  demand  in  recent  years,  this  product  is  no  longer  being 
marketed.  However,  we  will  continue  to  support  a  large  installed  base  of  such  equipment  still  in  use  with  our 
customers, as there remains a demand for spare parts and small network upgrades. Foreign military requirements for 
the DSD 72A-SP are expected to transition over time to the data encryption systems product line using the Internet 
Protocol, described below. 

Network Security Systems 

TCC offers network encryption systems with centralized key and device management for IP, SONET/SDH 
and frame relay networks to secure data in transit from local area network to local area network and across wide area 
networks.  TCC’s  KEYNET  IP  Manager  is  designed  to  centrally  configure  and  manage  a  network  of  encryption 
appliances for secure communications and can be used globally. During 2014, the Company introduced KEYNET 
Lite, a version of KEYNET for small networks. 

the 

The  Company  supports 

industry  standard  Advanced  Encryption  Standard  (“AES”)  256-bit 
cryptographic  algorithm  and  can  integrate  customer-specific  national  algorithms  to  meet  customer-specific  needs. 
All  of  TCC’s  encryption  systems  are  designed  to  seamlessly  overlay  onto  existing  networks  without  requiring 
infrastructure  changes.  Network  performance  impact  is  negligible  and  we  believe  the  systems  are  easy  to  deploy, 
use, monitor and manage. Additionally, the Cipher X family offers scalable performance to higher speeds without 
changing hardware. This minimizes the entry cost of deploying a security solution and provides a cost-effective path 
to  meet  evolving  business  needs.  Upgrades  are  licensed  and  made  available  on-demand  via  the  KEYNET 
management system. All performance levels interoperate and are designed to have identical functionality. 

Cipher X 7211 IP Encryption with KEYNET IP Manager provides strategic-level secure communications 
for  large  global  IP  networks  for  point-to-point  and  multicast  applications  such  as  video  conferencing.  It  offers  a 
unique combination of flexibility, scalable 1 gigabit per second performance and KEYNET IP Manager for ease of 
use. The Cipher X 7211 is a hardware-based, FIPS 140-2 Level 3 designed encryption device. 

Secure Office Systems 

The CipherTalk 8500 secure mobile phone is designed to provide military-grade encrypted voice and text 
communications anywhere in the world over GSM and Wi-Fi networks. Introduced in fiscal 2016, the CipherTalk 

4 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
8500 IP-based secure wireless phone is built on a hardened AndroidTM smartphone platform for security and ease of 
use. TCC also offers a server-based, network management system that provides the customer with total control of 
network connectivity. 

The Company’s CSD 4100 Executive Secure Telephone offers strategic-level voice and data security in an 
executive  telephone  package.  Exceptional  voice  quality  can  be  achieved  with  three  different  voice-coding 
algorithms. The product provides ease-of-use security features such as automated key management, authentication, 
certification and access control. Due to diminished demand in recent years, this product is no longer being marketed 
but we continue to provide support to existing customers who have installed equipment bases requiring expansion or 
modification. 

Services 

The  Company  performs  funded  research  and  development  and  technology  development  for  commercial 
companies and government agencies under both cost reimbursement and fixed-price contracts. Cost reimbursement 
contracts  provide  for  the  reimbursement  of  allowable  costs  and,  in  some  situations,  the  payment  of  a  fee.  These 
contracts  may  contain  incentive  clauses  providing  for  increases  or  decreases  in  the  fee  depending  on  how  actual 
costs compare with a budget. On fixed-price contracts that are expected to exceed one year in duration, revenue is 
recognized pursuant to the proportional performance method based upon the proportion of actual costs incurred to 
the total estimated costs for the contract. The Company receives periodic progress payments. 

TCC offers general communications  security education  for businesses and other users, including  military 
and government entities, as well as product-specific training for its customers. TCC also specializes in developing 
and designing custom cryptographic solutions for customers’ unique secure voice, data and video communications 
requirements  and  integrating  such  solutions  into  existing  systems.  The  Company  has  designed  embedded  secure 
radio  encryption  solutions,  national  algorithms  for  military  data  applications,  cryptographic  modules  for  National 
Secure Mode Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) systems, as well as rocket-borne telemetry encryption modules, and 
country-unique  secure  telephone  and  fax  algorithms.  In  addition,  TCC  has  partnered  with  network  and  telecom 
equipment providers to add security in unique applications. 

Competition 

The  market  for  communications  security  devices  and  systems  is  highly  competitive  and  characterized  by 
rapid  technological  change.  The  Company  has  several  competitors,  including  foreign-based  companies,  in  the 
communications security device field. The Company believes its principal competitors include Crypto AG, Thales 
Group, Codan  Limited, Motorola Solutions, Inc., General  Dynamics  Corporation, Omnisec  AG, Certes Networks, 
Inc., Gemalto N.V., Harris Corporation and Communication Security Group. 

The  Company  competes  based  on  its  service,  the  operational  and  technical  features  of  its  products,  its 
customization  abilities,  its  sales  expertise,  and  pricing.  Many  of  TCC’s  competitors  have  substantially  greater 
financial,  technical,  sales  and  marketing,  distribution  and  other  resources,  greater  name  recognition  and  longer 
standing  relationships  with  customers.  Competitors  with  greater  financial  resources  can  be  more  aggressive  in 
marketing campaigns, can survive sustained price reductions in order to gain market  share and can devote greater 
resources to support existing products and develop new competing products. 

Our competitive position also depends on our ability  to attract and retain qualified personnel, obtain and 
maintain  intellectual  property  protection  or  otherwise  develop  proprietary  products  or  processes,  and  secure 
sufficient capital resources for product, research and development efforts. We believe the ability of TCC to custom-
tailor  cryptographic  functions  and  systems  to  satisfy  unique  customer  requirements  is  an  important  competitive 
differentiator,  and  will  meet  a  growing  demand  as  customers  become  more  sophisticated  in  defining  their 
communications security needs. 

Net Revenue and Backlog 

In  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  had  one  customer  representing  87%  of  total  net  revenue.  This  revenue 
consisted primarily of our engineering services. In fiscal 2017, the Company had two customers representing 89% of 
total net revenue. This revenue consisted primarily of our engineering services representing 21% of net revenue and 

5 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
shipments of our narrowband radio encryptors to a domestic customer for deployment into Afghanistan representing 
68% of net revenue. 

The  Company  sells  directly  to  customers,  original  equipment  manufacturers  and  value-added  resellers 
using  its  in-house  sales  force  as  well  as  domestic  and  international  representatives,  consultants  and  distributors. 
International sales are made primarily through our main office. We seldom have long-term contractual relationships 
with our customers and, therefore, generally have no assurance of a continuing relationship within a given market. 

Orders  for  our  products  are  usually  placed  by  customers  on  an  as-needed  basis  and  we  typically  ship 
products  within  30  to  180  days  of  receipt  of  a  customer's  firm  purchase  order.  Our  backlog  consists  of  orders 
received  where  the  anticipated  shipping  date  or  services  to  be  performed  are  within  12  months  of  the  order  date. 
Because of the possibility of customer changes in delivery schedules or the cancellation of orders, our backlog as of 
any particular date may not be indicative of revenue in any future period. Our backlog as of September 29, 2018 and 
September 30, 2017 was approximately $2,118,000 and $1,975,000, respectively. 

For  certain  services  contracts,  the  Company  will  bill  customers  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
contract,  but  recognize  revenue  as  the  services  are  performed.  The  billings  in  excess  of  revenue  are  recorded  as 
deferred revenue on the balance sheet. These deferred revenues will be recognized in future periods as we perform 
the services. Our deferred revenue as of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 was approximately $2,107,000 
and $484,000, respectively. 

Consistent with TCC’s historical experience, the Company expects that sales to a relatively small number 
of customers will continue to account for a high percentage of the Company’s revenues for the foreseeable future. A 
reduction in orders from any such customer, or the cancellation of any significant order and failure to replace such 
order with orders from other customers, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Regulatory Matters 

As a party to a number of contracts with the U.S. government and its agencies, the Company must comply 
with  extensive  regulations  with  respect  to  bid  proposals  and  billing  practices.  Should  the  U.S.  government  or  its 
agencies conclude that the Company has not adhered to federal regulations, any contracts to which the Company is a 
party could be canceled and the Company could be prohibited from bidding on or participating in future contracts. 
Such a prohibition would have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

All payments to the Company for work performed on contracts with agencies of the U.S. government are 
subject to adjustment upon audit by the U.S. Defense Contract Audit Agency, the U.S. Government Accountability 
Office, and other agencies. The Company could be required to return any payments received from U.S. government 
agencies if it is found to have violated federal regulations. There have been no government audits in recent years and 
the Company believes the result of such audits, should they occur, would not have a material adverse effect on its 
financial  position  or  results  of  operations,  although  we  can  give  no  assurances.  In  addition,  U.S.  government 
contracts may be canceled at any time by the government with limited or no notice or penalty. Contract awards are 
also  subject  to  funding  approval  from  the  U.S.  government,  which  involves  political,  budgetary  and  other 
considerations over which the Company has no control. 

The Company’s security products are subject to export restrictions administered by the U.S. Department of 
Commerce  and  U.S.  Department  of  State,  which  license  the  export  of  encryption  products,  subject  to  certain 
technical restrictions. In addition, U.S. export laws prohibit the export of encryption products to a number of hostile 
countries. Although to date the Company has been able to secure necessary U.S. government export licenses, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  continue  to  be  able  to  secure  such  licenses  in  a  timely  manner  in  the 
future, or at all. 

The U.S. government controls, through a licensing process, the distribution of encryption technology and 
the  sale of encryption products. The procedure for obtaining the applicable license  from either the Department of 
Commerce or the Department of State (depending on the  U.S. government’s determination of jurisdiction) is  well 
documented. The Company submits a license request application, which contains information pertaining to: 

6 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the type of equipment being sold; 
detailed technical description (if required); 
the buyer; 
the end-user and use; 
quantity; and 
destination location. 

The appropriate departments of the U.S. government review the application and a licensing decision is provided to 
the Company. Pursuant to the receipt of the license, the Company may ship the product. 

Many of TCC’s products can be sold under existing “blanket” licenses that have been obtained through a 
variant  of  the  licensing  process  that  approves  products  for  sale  to  certain  classes  of  customers  (e.g.,  financial 
institutions, civilian government entities and commercial users). The Company has obtained “blanket” licenses for 
its secure telephone and office system products and its family of network encryptors. Licenses for sales of certain 
other products and/or to certain end users must be submitted for specific approval as described above. Although the 
U.S.  government  retains  the  right  and  ability  to  restrict  product  exports,  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  U.S. 
government licensing will become more restrictive or an impediment to its business. The trend has been for the U.S. 
government  to  reduce  the  restrictions  on  the  foreign  sale  of  cryptographic  equipment.  TCC  believes  this  trend  is 
driven  by  the  government’s  recognition  of  the  technology  available  from  foreign  sources  and  the  need  to  allow 
domestic corporations to compete in foreign markets. However, should the regulations become more restrictive, it 
would have a negative impact on the Company’s international business, the impact of which could be material. 

The  costs  and  effects  of  compliance  by  the  Company  with  applicable  environmental  laws  during  fiscal 
2018  were,  and  historically  have  been,  immaterial.  In  2003,  the  European  Union  adopted  the  “Restriction  of 
Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC”. In the event the Company’s sales to Europe increase, the Company 
may have to incur additional costs to provide for the disposal of its products in compliance with that directive. 

Manufacturing 

TCC has several manufacturing subcontractors and suppliers that provide outside processing of electronic 
circuit boards, fabrication of metal components, and supply of electronic components. For the majority of purchased 
materials and services, TCC has multiple suppliers that are able to deliver materials and services under short-term 
delivery purchase orders. Payment is typically made after delivery, based upon standard credit arrangements. For a 
small  minority  of  parts,  there  are  limited  sources  of  supply.  In  such  cases,  TCC  monitors  source  availability  and 
usually  stocks  for  anticipated  long-term  requirements  to  assure  manufacturing  continuity.  Notwithstanding  the 
Company’s efforts  to  maintain  material  supplies, shortages can and do develop, resulting in delays  in production, 
significant engineering development effort to find alternative solutions and, if production cannot be maintained, the 
discontinuation of the affected product design. 

The  Company’s  internal  manufacturing  process  consists  primarily  of  adding  critical  components,  final 
assembly, system burn-in, quality control and testing. Delivery times vary depending on the products and options 
ordered. 

Technological Expertise 

TCC’s technological expertise and experience, including certain proprietary rights which it has developed 
and maintains as trade secrets, are crucial to the conduct of the Company’s business. TCC has been designing and 
producing secure, cryptography-based communications systems for over 50 years, during which time the Company 
has  developed  many  technological  techniques  and  practices.  This  expertise  and  experience  are  in  the  areas  of 
cryptographic  algorithm  design  and  implementation,  key  distribution  and  management  systems,  cryptographic 
processors, voice and fax encryption, and electronic hardware design. TCC relies on its internal technical expertise 
and  experience,  which  TCC  considers  to  be  proprietary.  These  proprietary  technologies  are  owned  by  TCC,  are 
under TCC’s control, and have been documented consistent with standard engineering practices. It is estimated that 
the majority of revenue during the past two years and during the next two years will be of products that are based 
upon TCC-proprietary designs. 

7 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Such  technological  experience  and  expertise  are  important  as  they  enable  an  efficient  design  and 
development  process.  Loss  of  this  experience  and  expertise  would  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company. 
However, TCC’s practices governing the internal documentation of design data mitigate some of the risk associated 
with the loss of personnel who are skilled in the core competencies described above. 

TCC’s existing intellectual property portfolio includes a number of registered and unregistered trademarks; 
while eight patents have been issued to the Company, such patents have expired. Management is of the opinion that, 
while patent protection was desirable with respect to certain products, none of the Company's patents are currently 
material  to  the  conduct  of  its  business  and  the  expiration  of  such  patents  is  not  expected  to  have  any  significant 
impact. 

TCC  has  an  on-going  technology  license  for  communications  protocol  software  used  in  the  CipherONE 
family of Network Security System products. The license is royalty-based and runs without a specified termination 
date. The cost of this license is immaterial. 

With the exception of the technology license referred to above, TCC has no material third party rights upon 
which  the  Company  relies.  Revenue  of  the  products  associated  with  this  license  have  not  been  and  are  not 
anticipated to be significant to the Company’s revenues. 

Research and Development 

Research and development efforts are undertaken by the Company primarily on its own initiative. In order 
to compete successfully, the Company must improve existing products and develop new products as well as attract 
and  retain  qualified  personnel.  No  assurances  can  be  given  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  hire  and  train  such 
technical management and sales personnel or successfully improve and develop its products. 

During the fiscal years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company spent $521,000 
and $1,584,000, respectively, on internal product development. The Company also spent $2,028,000 and $437,000 
on  billable  development  efforts  during  fiscal  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  In  fiscal  2018,  the  Company’s  total 
product  development  costs  were  approximately  26%  higher  than  fiscal  2017  and  reflected  the  costs  of  custom 
development,  product  capability  enhancements  and  production  readiness.  It  is  expected  that  product  development 
expenses in fiscal 2019 will be consistent with fiscal 2018 levels. 

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the needs of 
OEMs;  product  enhancements  that  include  expanded  features,  planned  capability  and  applications  growth;  and 
custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. Going forward, the 
Company expects to continue focusing technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our systems design and 
integration  capabilities  and  services  offering  portfolio.  The  following  are  highlights  of  our  product  development 
efforts in fiscal 2018: 

•  Continuation of the development of the next generation IP encryptors, the Cipher X 7220 and 7210; 
•  Completion of the development of the aircraft-compatible HSE 6000 radio encryption product variants; 
•  Continuation of advanced algorithm development for voice applications; and 
• 

Provision of custom engineering services. 

Foreign Operations 

The  Company’s  results  of  operations  are  dependent  upon  its  foreign  revenue,  including  domestic  sales 
shipped to foreign end-users. Sales to foreign markets have been and will continue to be affected by, among other 
things,  the  stability  of  foreign  governments,  foreign  and  domestic  economic  conditions,  export  and  other 
governmental  regulations,  and  changes  in  technology.  The  Company  attempts  to  minimize  the  financial  risks 
normally  associated  with  foreign  sales  by  utilizing  letters  of  credit  confirmed  by  U.S.  and  foreign  banks.  Foreign 
sales contracts are usually denominated in U.S. dollars. 

The Company utilizes the services of sales representatives, consultants and distributors in connection with 
foreign sales. Typically, representatives are paid commissions and consultants are paid fixed amounts on a stipulated 
schedule in return for services rendered. Distributors are granted discounted pricing. 

8 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  export  from  the  United  States  of  many  of  the  Company’s  products  may  require  the  issuance  of  a 
license by  the U.S. Department of State under the  Arms Export Control Act of 1976, as amended, or by the U.S. 
Department  of  Commerce  under  the  Export  Administration  Act  as  kept  in  force  by  the  International  Emergency 
Economic Powers Act of 1977, as amended. The licensing process is discussed in more detail under the “Regulatory 
Matters” section above. 

In  fiscal  years  2018  and  2017,  sales  directly  to  international  customers  accounted  for  approximately  7% 
and 10%, respectively, of our net revenue. During fiscal 2017, a significant portion of domestic revenue (68%) was 
made to a domestic radio manufacturer that shipped our radio encryption products overseas for use in Afghanistan. 
Based on our historical results we expect that international revenue, including sales to domestic customers that ship 
to foreign end-users, will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. As 
a result, we are subject to the risks of doing business internationally, including: 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

changes in regulatory requirements, 
domestic  and  foreign  government  policies,  including  requirements  to  expend  a  portion  of  program 
funds locally and governmental industrial cooperation requirements, 
delays in placing orders, 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, 
the complexity and necessity of using foreign representatives, consultants and distributors, 
the uncertainty of the ability of foreign customers to finance purchases, 
uncertainties and restrictions concerning the availability of funding credit or guarantees, 
imposition of tariffs or embargoes, export controls and other trade restrictions, 
the difficulty of managing and operating an enterprise spanning several countries, 
compliance  with  a  variety  of  foreign  laws,  as  well  as  U.S.  laws  affecting  the  activities  of  U.S. 
companies abroad, and 
economic  and  geopolitical  developments  and  conditions,  including  international  hostilities,  acts  of 
terrorism and governmental reactions, inflation, trade relationships and military and political alliances. 

While  these  factors  and  their  impact  are  difficult  to  predict,  any  one  or  more  of  these  factors  could 

adversely affect our operations in the future. 

We also  may  not be successful in obtaining the  necessary  licenses to conduct operations abroad, and the 

U.S. government may prevent proposed sales to foreign governments or other end-users. 

Employees 

As of September 29, 2018, the Company employed 23 full-time employees and two part-time employees, 

as well as several consultants. The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good. 

9 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Item 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors that affect our business. Such risks could cause our actual 
results to differ materially from those that are expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained herein. 
The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that 
we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of 
the  following  risks  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. You should also consider the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the  fiscal  year  ended  September  29,  2018  and  subsequent  quarterly  reports  filed  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 

We have suffered recurring operating losses from operations and there is doubt about our ability to continue as a 
going concern. 

For a seven year period from 2012 to 2018, the Company suffered recurring losses from operations and had 
an accumulated deficit of $2,786,000 at September 29, 2018. In addition, prior to this year we experienced negative 
cash  flows  from  operations.  Due  to  the  losses  we  have  incurred  and  our  current  limited  financial  resources, 
management  has  concluded  that  these  conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  as  to  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern within one year of the issuance date of the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-
K. Such financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the uncertainty about the Company’s ability 
to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Moreover,  the  going  concern  explanatory  paragraph  included  in  the  report  of  our 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  may  make  obtaining  financing  more  difficult  or  costly,  which 
financing may be required should our efforts to raise capital resources from operations prove unsuccessful. 

 Our  management  has  determined  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  control  and  procedures  and  internal  control 
over financial reporting were not effective at fiscal year-end.  

Our management team, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and 
our Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures and internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the Company’s 2018 fiscal year. Based on 
that assessment, in conjunction with the findings of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, 
management  identified  a  deficiency  that  rose  to  the  level  of  a  material  weakness  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting related to the misapplication of generally accepted accounting principles associated with revenue 
recognition, inventory reserves, accruals and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the 
classification and disclosure of financial information, all caused by a lack of adequate skills and experiences within 
the accounting department. Management previously had concluded for fiscal year 2017 and prior reporting periods 
that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting due to a lack of sufficient staff 
to segregate accounting duties and had determined that this condition constituted a material weakness. During fiscal 
year 2018, the Company also identified a lack of an adequately trained accounting department and an independent 
review  of  financial  reporting,  as  well  as  a  material  weakness  in  internal  control  over  significant  non-routine 
transactions, all as disclosed in the relevant quarterly reports filed during our 2018 fiscal year. These conditions led 
management to conclude that neither the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures nor its internal control over 
financial reporting were effective at September 29, 2018. 

Until we are able to remediate the material weaknesses identified, such material weaknesses may materially 
and adversely affect our ability to report accurately our financial condition and results of operations in the future in a 
timely  and  reliable  manner.  In  addition,  although  we  review  and  evaluate  our  internal  control  systems  to  allow 
management  to  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  the  sufficiency  of  our 
internal control over financial reporting, we cannot assure you that we will not discover additional weaknesses in the 
future or that any corrective actions taken to remediate issues identified during the course of an assessment will be 
effective.  Any  such  additional  weaknesses  or  failure  to  remediate  any  existing  weaknesses  could  materially 
adversely affect our financial condition or ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements. 

10 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
We have restated our financial statements for several prior periods, which reduces investor confidence and which 
may negatively impact our ability to raise capital in the future.  

The  Company  has  restated  its  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
September 30, 2017 as well as the financial statements included in its quarterly reports for the fiscal quarters ended 
December  30,  2017,  March  31,  2018  and  June  30,  2018.  The  restatement  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements 
primarily  reflect  the  correction  of  certain  errors  related  to  the  Company’s  recognition  of  revenue,  which  errors 
resulted  from  the  Company’s  misapplication  of  its  revenue  recognition  policy,  as  well  as  the  adoption  of  new 
accounting standard for restricted cash and a correction in its inventory reserve. Investors should no longer rely on 
the financial statements included in the original filings. 

Restatements  may  have  the  effect  of  eroding  investor  confidence  in  the  Company,  its  financial  reporting 
and its accounting practices and processes, and could negatively impact the trading price of the Company’s common 
stock. In addition, restatements may make it more difficult for the Company to raise capital on acceptable terms, if 
at all, and would likely increase the cost of such capital, and could expose the Company to liability, including the 
risk of litigation by shareholders and increased scrutiny of regulatory authorities. 

Our quarterly operating results typically fluctuate and our future revenues and profitability are uncertain.  

We have experienced significant fluctuations in our quarterly operating results during the last several years 
and  anticipate  continued  substantial  fluctuations  in  our  future  operating  results.  A  number  of  factors  have 
contributed to these quarterly fluctuations, including but not limited to: 

• foreign political unrest; 
• budgeting cycles of customers, including the U.S. government; 
• introduction and market acceptance of new products and product enhancements by us and our 
competitors; 
• timing and execution of individual contracts; 
• competitive conditions in the communications security industry; 
• changes in general economic conditions; and 
• shortfalls of revenues in relation to expectations that formed the basis for the calculation of fixed 
expenses. 

Our international operations expose us to additional risks.  

The  Company  is  dependent  upon  its  foreign  revenue  (including  domestic  sales  shipped  to  foreign  end-
users)  and  we  expect  that  revenue  to  foreign  end-users  will  continue  to  account  for  a  significant  portion  of  our 
revenues  for  the  foreseeable  future.  As  a  result,  we  are  subject  to  the  risks  of  doing  business  internationally, 
including imposition of tariffs or embargoes, export controls, trade barriers and trade disputes, regulations related to 
customs and export/import matters, fluctuations in foreign economies and currency exchange rates, longer payment 
cycles  and  difficulties  in  collecting  accounts  receivable,  the  complexity  and  necessity  of  using  foreign 
representatives,  consultants  and  distributors,  tax  uncertainties  and  unanticipated  tax  costs  due  to  foreign  taxing 
regimes,  the  difficulty  of  managing  and  operating  an  enterprise  spanning  several  countries,  the  uncertainty  of 
protection for intellectual property rights and differing legal systems generally, compliance with a variety of laws, 
and economic and geopolitical developments and conditions, including international hostilities, armed conflicts, acts 
of terrorism and governmental reactions, inflation, trade relationships, and military and political alliances. 

We also may not be successful in obtaining the necessary licenses to conduct operations abroad, including 
the  export  of  many  of  the  Company’s  products,  and  the  U.S.  government  may  prevent  proposed  sales  to  foreign 
governments  or  certain  international  end-users.  Export  restrictions,  compliance  with  which  imposes  additional 
burdens on the Company, may further provide a competitive advantage to foreign competitors facing less stringent 
controls on their products and services. 

We continue to focus efforts in emerging markets, including South America and Southwest Asia. In many 
of these emerging markets, we may be faced with risks that are more significant than if we were to do business in 
developed  countries,  including  undeveloped  legal  systems,  unstable  governments  and  economies,  and  potential 
governmental actions affecting the flow of goods and currency. 

11 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We  continue  to  face  a  number  of  risks  related  to  current  global  economic  and  political  conditions  that  could 
unfavorably impact our business. 

Global economic conditions continue to be challenging for the  secure communications  markets, as  many 
economies and financial markets remain in a recession resulting from a number of factors, including adverse credit 
conditions,  low  economic  growth  rates,  continuing  high  rates  of  unemployment,  and  reduced  corporate  capital 
spending.  Economic  growth  in  many  other  countries  has  remained  low  and  the  length  of  time  these  adverse 
economic conditions may persist is unknown. In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created 
many  economic  and  political  uncertainties  that  have  impacted  worldwide  markets.  These  global  economic  and 
political conditions have impacted and will continue to impact our business in a number of ways, including: 

•  Budgeting and forecasting are difficult: It is difficult to estimate changes in various parts of the U.S. 
and world economy, including the markets in which we participate. Components of our budgeting and 
forecasting are dependent upon estimates of demand for our products, and the prevailing economic and 
political uncertainties make estimating future income and expenditures difficult. 

•  Potential deferment or cancellation of purchases and orders by customers: Uncertainty about current 
and  future  global  economic  and  political  conditions  may  cause,  and  in  some  cases  has  caused, 
governments and businesses to defer or cancel purchases. If future demand for our products declines 
due  to  deteriorating  global  economic  and  political  conditions,  it  will  negatively  impact  our  financial 
results. 

•  Customers' inability to obtain financing to make purchases: Some of our customers require substantial 
financing, including government financing, in order to fund their operations and make purchases from 
us.  The  inability  of  these  customers  to  obtain  sufficient  credit  or  other  funds  to  finance  purchases 
and/or meet their payment obligations could have a negative impact on our financial results. 

Our future success will depend on our ability to respond to rapid technological changes in the markets in which 
we compete.  

The  markets  for  TCC’s  products  and  services  are  characterized  by  rapid  technological  developments, 
changing customer technological requirements and preferences, frequent new product introductions, enhancements 
and modifications, and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to correctly 
identify  emerging  technological  trends,  enhance  capabilities,  and  develop  and  manufacture  new  technologies  and 
products  quickly,  in  a  cost-effective  manner,  and  at  competitive  prices.  The  development  of  new  and  enhanced 
products  is  a  complex  and  costly  process.  We  may  need  to  make  substantial  capital  expenditures  and  incur 
significant  research  and  development  costs  to  develop  and  introduce  such  new  products  and  enhancements.  Our 
choices for developing technologies may prove incorrect if customers do not adopt the products we develop or if the 
technologies  ultimately  prove  to  be  technically  or  commercially  unviable.  Development  schedules  also  may  be 
adversely affected as the result of the discovery of performance problems. If we fail to timely develop and introduce 
competitive  new  technologies,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  would  be  adversely 
affected. 

Existing or new competitors may develop competing or superior technologies. 

The  industry  in  which  the  Company  competes  is  highly  competitive,  and  the  Company  has  several 
domestic  and  foreign  competitors.  Many  of  these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial,  technical,  sales 
and  marketing,  distribution  and  other  resources,  greater  name  recognition  and  longer  standing  relationships  with 
customers.  Competitors  with  greater  financial  resources  can  be  more  aggressive  in  marketing  campaigns,  can 
survive sustained price reductions in order to gain market share, and can devote greater resources to support existing 
products  and  develop  new  competing  products.  Any  period  of  sustained  price  reductions  for  our  products  would 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. TCC may not be able 
to compete successfully in the future and competitive pressures may result in price reductions, loss of market share 
or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. It is also 
possible that competing products will emerge that may be superior in quality and performance and/or less expensive 
than those of the Company, or that similar technologies may render TCC’s products obsolete or uncompetitive and 
prevent the Company from achieving or sustaining profitable operations. 

12 

 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The operating performance of our products is critical to our business and reputation. 

The  sale  and  use  of  our  products  entail  a  risk  of  product  failure,  product  liability  or  other  claims. 
Occasionally, some of our products have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product or 
the  software  used  in  the  product.  Often  these  issues  are  discovered  prior  to  shipment  and  may  result  in  shipping 
delays  or  even  cancellation  of  orders  by  customers.  Other  times  problems  are  discovered  after  the  products  have 
shipped, requiring  us  to resolve issues in a  manner that is  timely and least disruptive to our customers. Such pre-
shipment and post-shipment problems have ramifications for TCC, including cancellation of orders, product returns, 
increased costs associated with product repair or replacement, and a negative impact on our goodwill and reputation. 

Once our products are in use, any product failure, including software or hardware failure, which causes a 
breach of security with respect to our customer’s confidential communications could have a material adverse effect 
on  TCC.  There  is  no  guarantee  of  product  performance  or  that  our  products  are  adequate  to  protect  against  all 
security  breaches.  While  we  attempt  to  mitigate  such  risks  by  maintaining  insurance  and  including  warranty 
disclaimers and liability limitation clauses in our arrangements with customers, such mitigation measures may not 
protect us against liability in all instances. If our products failed for any reason, our clients could experience data 
loss,  financial  loss,  personal  and  property  losses,  harm  to  reputation,  and  significant  business  interruption.  Such 
events  may  expose  us  to  substantial  liability,  increased  regulation  and/or  penalties,  as  well  as  loss  of  customer 
business  and  a  diminished  reputation.  Any  product  liability  claims  and  related  litigation  would  likely  be  time-
consuming and expensive,  may not be adequately covered by insurance, and  may delay or terminate research and 
development efforts, regulatory approvals and commercialization activities. 

If  our  products  and  services  do  not  interoperate  with  our  end-users’  products,  orders  could  be  delayed  or 
cancelled, which could significantly reduce our revenues.  

Our products are designed to interface  with our end-users’  existing products, each of  which has different 
specifications and utilizes multiple protocol standards. Many of our end-users’ systems contain multiple generations 
of products that have been added over time as  these systems  have grown and evolved.  Our products and  services 
must interoperate with all of these products and services as well as with future products and services that might be 
added  to  meet  our  end-users’  requirements.  If  our  products  do  not  interface  with  those  within  our  end-users’ 
products and systems, orders for our products could be delayed or cancelled, which could significantly reduce our 
revenues. 

Government regulation and legal uncertainties could harm our business. 

As a party to a number of contracts with the U.S. government and its agencies, the Company must comply 
with  extensive  regulations  with  respect  to  bid  proposals  and  billing  practices.  Should  the  U.S.  government  or  its 
agencies conclude that the Company has not adhered to federal regulations, any contracts to which the Company is a 
party could be canceled and the Company could be prohibited from bidding on or participating in future contracts. 
Moreover,  payments  to  the  Company  for  work  performed  on  contracts  with  agencies  of  the  U.S.  government  are 
subject  to  audit  and  adjustment.  The  Company  could  be  required  to  return  any  payments  received  from  U.S. 
government agencies if it is  found to  have  violated  federal regulations. There  have been no  government audits in 
recent  years  and  the  Company  believes  the  result  of  such  audits,  should  they  occur,  would  not  have  a  material 
adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations, though we can give no assurances. 

The Company’s security products are subject to export restrictions administered by the U.S. Department of 
Commerce  and  U.S.  Department  of  State,  which  license  the  export  of  encryption  products,  subject  to  certain 
technical restrictions. In addition, U.S. export laws prohibit the export of encryption products to a number of hostile 
countries and some end-users. Although to date the Company  has been able to secure necessary U.S. government 
export licenses,  there can be  no assurance that the Company  will continue to be able to secure  such licenses in a 
timely manner in the future, or at all. Delays in obtaining necessary approvals could be costly in terms of lost sales 
opportunities and compliance costs.  Should export restrictions increase or regulations become  more restrictive, or 
should new laws be enacted, it could have a negative impact on the Company’s international business, which impact 
could be material. 

13 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Contracts with the U.S. government may not be fully funded at inception and are subject to termination. 

A portion of our revenues has historically been generated under agreements with the U.S. government. Any 
changes  or  delays  in  the  budget  of  the  U.S.  government,  and  in  particular  defense  spending,  could  affect  our 
business,  and  funding  levels  are  difficult  to  predict  with  any  certainty.  Moreover,  certain  multi-year  contracts  are 
conditioned on the continuing availability of appropriations. However, funds are typically appropriated on a fiscal-
year basis, even though contract performance may extend over many years, making future sales and revenues under 
multi-year contracts uncertain. Changes in appropriations and budgets as well as economic conditions generally in 
subsequent years may impact the funding for these contracts. In addition, changes in funding and other factors may 
lead to the termination of such contracts. In addition, U.S. government contracts may be canceled at any time by the 
government  with  limited  or  no  notice  or  penalty.  Adverse  changes  in  funding  and  the  termination  of  government 
contracts could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 

If the protection of our intellectual property is inadequate, our competitors may gain access to our technologies. 

The  Company’s  technological  expertise  and  experience,  including  certain  proprietary  rights  that  it  has 
developed  and  maintains  as  trade  secrets,  are  crucial  to  the  conduct  of  the  Company’s  business  and  its  ability  to 
compete in the marketplace. Such technological expertise and experience are important as they enable an efficient 
design  and  development  process.  Loss  of  this  experience  and  expertise  would  have  an  adverse  impact  on  the 
Company.  To  protect  our  proprietary  information,  we  rely  primarily  on  a  combination  of  internal  procedures, 
contractual  provisions,  and  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws.  Such  internal  procedures  and  contractual 
provisions may not prove sufficient to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of such information and 
may  not  provide  meaningful  protection  in  the  event  of  any  unauthorized  use  or  disclosure.  Trade  secret  and 
copyright laws afford only limited protection. Current and potential trademarks and patents may not provide us with 
any  competitive  advantage  and  patents  and  trademarks  must  be  enforced  and  maintained  in  order  to  provide 
protection, which may prove costly and time-consuming. 

Despite our efforts to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights, we may not be successful in doing so 
or the steps taken by us may be inadequate to deter unauthorized parties from misappropriating our technologies or 
prevent  them  from  obtaining  and  using  our  proprietary  information,  products  and  technologies.  Moreover,  our 
competitors may independently develop similar technologies or design around patents issued to us. 

Other  parties  may  have  patent  rights  relating  to  the  same  subject  matter  covered  by  our  products  or 
technologies,  enabling  them  to  prevent  us  from  operating  without  obtaining  a  license  and  paying  royalties.  Third 
parties  also  may  challenge  our  proprietary  rights  or  claim  we  are  infringing  on  their  rights.  Any  claims  of 
infringement or misappropriation, with or without merit, would likely be time-consuming, result in costly litigation 
and diversion of resources, and cause delays in the development and commercialization of our products. We may be 
required  to  expend  significant  resources  to  develop  non-infringing  intellectual  property,  pay  royalties,  or  obtain 
licenses  to  the  intellectual  property  that  is  the  subject  of  such  litigation.  Royalties  may  be  costly  and  licenses,  if 
required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, the absence of which could seriously harm our business. 

In  addition,  the  laws  and  enforcement  mechanisms  of  some  foreign  countries  with  respect  to  intellectual 
property  may  not  offer  the  same  level  of  protection  as  do  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  Legal  protections  of  our 
rights may be ineffective in such countries, and technologies developed in such countries may not be protected in 
jurisdictions  where  protection  is  ordinarily  available.  Our  inability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  both  in  the 
United States and abroad would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company relies on a small number of customers for a large percentage of its revenues.  

We will be successful only if a significant number of customers adopt our secure communications products. 
Historically the Company has had a small number of customers representing a large percentage of its total revenue. 
Although  the  Company  endeavors  to  expand  its  customer  base,  we  expect  that  sales  to  a  limited  number  of 
customers  will  continue  to  account  for  a  high  percentage  of  our  revenues  in  any  given  period  for  the  foreseeable 
future.  This  reliance  makes  us  particularly  susceptible  to  factors  affecting  those  customers.  If  such  customers’ 
business declines and as a result our sales to such customers decline without corresponding sales orders from other 
customers, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. It is difficult to predict the 

14 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
rate at which customers  will use our products, even in the case of repeat customers, and we do not typically have 
long-term contractual arrangements. 

We may not be able to maintain effective product distribution channels.  

We rely on an in-house sales force as  well as domestic and international representatives, consultants and 
distributors  for  the  sale  and  distribution  of  our  products.  Our  sales  and  marketing  organization  may  be  unable  to 
successfully compete against more extensive and well-funded operations of certain of our competitors. In addition, 
we  must  manage  sales  and  marketing  personnel  in  numerous  countries  around  the  world  with  the  concomitant 
difficulties in maintaining effective communications due to distance, language and cultural barriers. Further, certain 
of our distributors may carry competing products lines, which may negatively impact our net revenues. 

We rely on single or limited sources for the manufacture and supply of certain product components.  

For a small percentage of parts, we rely upon a single or limited number of manufacturers and suppliers. 
Moreover,  because  we  depend  on  third  party  manufacturers  and  suppliers,  we  do  not  directly  control  product 
delivery  schedules  or  component  quality.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  maintain  satisfactory  contractual 
relations with our manufacturers and suppliers. A significant delay in delivering products to our customers, whether 
from  unforeseen  events  such  as  natural  disasters  or  otherwise,  or  unforeseen  quality  issues  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we lose any of the manufacturers or suppliers 
of  certain  product  components,  we  expect  that  it  would  take  from  three  to  six  months  for  a  new  manufacturer  or 
supplier to begin full-scale production of one of our products. The delay and expense associated with qualifying a 
new  manufacturer  or  supplier  and  commencing  production  could  result  in  a  material  loss  of  revenue  and  reduced 
operating margins and harm our relationships with customers. While we have not experienced any significant supply 
problems  or  problems  with  the  quality  of  the  manufacturing  process  of  our  suppliers  and  there  have  been  no 
materially late deliveries of components or parts to date, it is possible that in the future we may encounter problems 
in  the  manufacturing  process  or  shortages  in  parts,  components  or  other  elements  vital  to  the  manufacture, 
production and sale of our products. 

The loss of existing key management and technical personnel and the inability to attract new hires could have a 
detrimental effect on the Company. 

Our success depends on identifying, hiring, training, and retaining qualified professionals. Competition for 
qualified  employees  in  our  industry  is  intense  and  made  more  difficult  due  to  the  tight  labor  market  in 
Massachusetts. We expect these conditions to remain so for the foreseeable future. If we were unable to attract and 
hire  a  sufficient  number  of  employees,  or  if  a  significant  number  of  our  current  employees  or  any  of  our  senior 
managers  resign,  we  may  be  unable  to  complete  or  maintain  existing  projects  or  bid  for  new  projects  of  similar 
scope and revenue. The Company’s success is particularly dependent on the retention of existing management and 
technical personnel, including Carl H. Guild, Jr., the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Although 
the Company has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Guild, the loss or unavailability of his services 
could impede our ability to effectively manage our operations. 

We may need to expand our operations and we may not effectively manage any future growth. 

As of May 31, 2019, we employed 24 full-time and two part-time employees as well as several consultants. 
In  the  event  our  products  and  services  obtain  greater  market  acceptance,  we  may  be  required  to  expand  our 
management  team  and  hire  and  train  additional  technical  and  skilled  personnel.  We  may  need  to  scale  up  our 
operations in order to service our customers, which may strain our resources, and we may be unable to manage our 
growth effectively. If our systems, procedures, and controls are inadequate to support our operations, growth could 
be delayed or halted, and  we could lose our opportunity  to gain significant  market share. In order to achieve and 
manage  growth  effectively,  we  must  continue  to  improve  and  expand  our  operational  and  financial  management 
capabilities. Any inability to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations, and financial condition. 

15 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Security  breaches  and  other  disruptions  could  interfere  with  the  Company’s  operations  and  could  compromise 
the  Company’s  and  its  customer’s  information,  exposing  the  Company  to  liability  that  would  cause  the 
Company’s business and reputation to suffer. 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company relies upon information technology networks and systems, 
some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information, and to manage or 
support  a  variety  of  business  processes  and  activities,  including  collection  of  payments  from  purchasers  of  our 
products.  The  Company  also  uses  information  technology  systems  to  record,  process  and  summarize  financial 
information  and  results  of  operations  for  internal  reporting  purposes,  and  to  comply  with  regulatory  financial 
reporting,  legal,  and  tax  requirements.  Additionally,  the  Company  collects  and  stores  sensitive  data,  including 
personally  identifiable  information  of  the  Company’s  employees,  in  data  centers  and  on  information  technology 
networks.  The  secure  operation  of  these  information  technology  networks  and  the  processing  and  maintenance  of 
this  information  is  material  to  the  Company’s  business  operations  and  strategy.  Despite  security  measures,  the 
Company’s  information  technology  networks  and  infrastructure  may  be  vulnerable  to  damage,  disruptions,  or 
shutdowns due to attacks by cyber criminals or breaches due to employee error or malfeasance or other disruptions, 
power  outages,  computer  viruses,  telecommunication  or  utility  failures,  terrorist  acts,  natural  disasters  or  other 
catastrophic  events.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  these  events  could  compromise  the  Company’s  networks,  and  the 
information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen. Any such access, disclosure, or other 
loss  of  information  could  result  in  legal  claims,  liability,  and  regulatory  proceedings  and  penalties  under  laws 
protecting  the  privacy  of  personal  information,  disrupt  operations,  and  damage  the  Company’s  reputation,  which 
could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, as security 
threats continue to evolve and increase in frequency and sophistication, the Company may need to invest additional 
resources to protect the security of its systems. 

 Item 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

 Item 2. 

PROPERTIES 

On  April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a lease  for its current  facilities. This lease  is located at 100 
Domino Drive, Concord, MA. The Company has been a tenant in this space since 1983. This is the Company’s only 
facility and houses all manufacturing, research and development, and corporate operations. The initial term of the 
lease is for five years through March 31, 2019 at an annual rate of $171,000. In addition, the lease contains options 
to  extend  the  lease  for  two  and  one  half  years  through  September  30,  2021  and  another  two  and  one  half  years 
through  March  31,  2024  at  an  annual  rate  of  $171,000.  Rent  expense  for  each  of  the  years  ended  September  29, 
2018 and September 30, 2017 was $171,000. On September 25, 2018, the Company exercised its option to renew 
the lease through September 30, 2021. 

 Item 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There are no current legal proceedings as to which TCC or its subsidiary is a party or as to which any of 

their property is subject. 

 Item 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

16 

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART II 

 Item 5. 

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

The Company’s common stock, $0.10 par value, trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol 
“TCCO.” The following table presents low and high sales prices for the common stock for the time periods specified 
as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. 

Title of Class 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value 

  Quarter Ending   

Low 

   High 

Price 

9/29/2018   $ 
6/30/2018     
3/31/2018     
12/30/2017     

9/30/2017   $ 
7/1/2017     
4/1/2017     
12/31/2016     

3.70     $ 
4.00       
5.05       
3.80       

4.00     $ 
2.30       
2.25       
2.10       

5.95   
6.00   
12.60   
15.40   

9.30   
5.55   
3.15   
4.25   

Holders 

As  of  May  1,  2019,  there  were  58  record  holders  of  our  Common  Stock.  We  believe  there  are 

approximately 2,200 beneficial holders of our stock, as reported by the Company’s Transfer Agent. 

Dividends 

It is not the Company’s intention to pay dividends unless future profits warrant such actions. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  presents  information  about  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2010  Equity 
Incentive  Plan  and  the  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2005  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option  Plan  as  of  the 
fiscal  year ended September 29, 2018. For more information on these plans, see the discussion of the Company’s 
stock option plans and stock-based compensation plans included in Note 2 to the Company’s financial statements as 
of and for the year ended September 29, 2018, included herewith. 

Plan category 
Equity compensation plans approved by securityholders      

Number of securities to  
be issued upon exercise  
of outstanding options   
169,137 (1)   $ 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options   
8.92        

Number of  
securities  
remaining  
available for  
future issuance 
224,563   

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
securityholders  

58,000 (2)   $ 

7.30        

-   

Total 

227,137      $ 

8.50        

224,563   

17 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
    
    
  
(1) Of the 169,137 options outstanding as of September 29, 2018, 124,437 were exercisable as of such date at an 
average exercise price of $10.53 per share. 

(2) Of the 58,000 options outstanding as of September 29, 2018, all were exercisable as of such date at an average 
exercise price of $7.30 per share. 

Sales of Unregistered Securities and Purchases by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

There were no sales by the Company of unregistered shares of the Company’s common  stock during the 
2018 fiscal year and no purchases of TCC stock by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliated purchaser during 
the fourth fiscal quarter of our 2018 fiscal year. 

 Item 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable. 

 Item 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in 
conjunction  with  the  Company’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere 
herein. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

The following discussion may contain statements that are not purely historical. Such statements contained 
herein or as may otherwise be incorporated by reference herein constitute “forward-looking statements” within the 
meaning of the Private Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act of 1995. Forward-looking  statements  include but are  not 
limited to statements regarding anticipated operating results, future earnings, and the ability to achieve growth and 
profitability.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors, 
including  but  not  limited  to  the  effect  of  foreign  political  unrest;  domestic  and  foreign  government  policies  and 
economic conditions; future changes in export laws or regulations; changes in technology; the ability to hire, retain 
and  motivate  technical,  management  and  sales  personnel;  the  risks  associated  with  the  technical  feasibility  and 
market  acceptance  of  new  products;  changes  in  telecommunications  protocols;  the  effects  of  changing  costs, 
exchange  rates  and  interest  rates;  and  the  Company's  ability  to  secure  adequate  capital  resources.  Such  risks, 
uncertainties  and  other  factors  could  cause  the  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  of  the  Company,  or 
industry  results,  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or 
implied by such forward-looking statements. For a more detailed discussion of the risks facing the Company, see the 
Company’s  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  including  this  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended September 29, 2018 and the “Risk Factors” section included herein. 

Overview 

TCC  designs,  manufactures,  markets  and  sells  communications  security  equipment  that  utilizes  various 
methods  of  encryption  to  protect  the  information  being  transmitted.  Encryption  is  a  technique  for  rendering 
information unintelligible, which information can then be reconstituted if the recipient possesses the right decryption 
“key”.  The  Company  manufactures  several  standard  secure  communications  products  and  also  provides  custom-
designed,  special-purpose  secure  communications  products  for  both  domestic  and  international  customers.  The 
Company’s  products  consist  primarily  of  voice,  data  and  facsimile  encryptors.  Revenue  is  generated  principally 
from  the  sale  of  these  products,  which  have  traditionally  been  to  foreign  governments  either  through  direct  sale, 
pursuant to a U.S. government contract, or made as a sub-contractor to domestic corporations under contract with 
the  U.S.  government.  We  have  also  sold  these  products  to  commercial  entities  and  U.S.  government  agencies.  In 
addition  to  product  revenue,  we  generate  revenues  from  contract  engineering  services  performed  for  certain 
government agencies, both domestic and foreign, and commercial entities. 

18 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Company has restated its consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended September 30, 
2017. The restatement reflects adjustments to correct an error in the Company’s revenue recognition for a certain 
contract. The error was the result of a misinterpretation of ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The effects of the 
restatements  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2017  are 
described in Note 3 to the Financial Statements. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates 

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  on  our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States.  The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of 
contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and 
expenses during the reporting periods. 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue 
recognition,  inventory  reserves,  receivable  reserves,  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  income  taxes,  fair  value  and 
stock-based compensation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that 
are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments 
about  the  carrying  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  By  their  nature 
estimates  are  subject  to  an  inherent  degree  of  uncertainty.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under 
different assumptions or conditions and such differences may be material. 

The  accounting  policies  that  management  believes  are  most  critical  to  aid  in  fully  understanding  and 
evaluating our reported financial results include those listed below. For a more detailed discussion, see Note 2 in the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included herewith. 

Revenue Recognition 

We perform funded research and development and technology development for commercial companies and 
government agencies primarily under fixed-price contracts. On fixed-price contracts that are expected to exceed one 
year in duration, revenue is recognized pursuant to the proportional performance method based upon the proportion 
of actual costs incurred to the total estimated costs for the contract. We receive periodic progress payments and we 
retain  the  rights  to  the  intellectual  property  developed  in  government  contracts.  All  payments  to  TCC  for  work 
performed  on  contracts  with  agencies  of  the  U.S.  government  are  subject  to  audit  and  adjustment  by  the  Defense 
Contract Audit Agency, the U.S. Government Accountability Office and other agencies. Adjustments are recognized 
in the period made. There have been no government audits in recent years and the Company believes the result of 
such  audits,  should  they  occur,  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations.  When  the  current  estimates  of  total  contract  revenue  and  contract  costs  for  a  product  development 
contract indicate a loss, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded. Any losses incurred in performing 
funded research and development projects are recognized as funded research and development expenses. 

Product  revenue  is  recognized  when  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement,  the  fee  is  fixed  or 
determinable, delivery of the product and passage of title to the customer has occurred and we have determined that 
collection of the fee is probable. Title to the product generally passes upon shipment of the product, as the products 
are shipped freight on board shipping point, except for certain foreign shipments where title passes upon entry of the 
product  into  the  first  port  in  the  buyer’s  country.  If  the  product  requires  installation  to  be  performed  by  TCC,  or 
other acceptance criteria exist, all revenue related to the product is deferred and recognized upon completion of the 
installation  or  satisfaction  of  the  customer  acceptance  criteria.  We  provide  for  a  warranty  reserve  at  the  time  the 
product revenue is recognized. 

Costs  incurred  in  connection  with  funded  research  and  development  are  included  in  cost  of  revenue. 
Product  development  costs  are  charged  to  billable  engineering  services,  bid  and  proposal  efforts  or  business 
development activities, as appropriate. Product development costs charged to billable projects are recorded as cost of 
revenue;  engineering  costs  charged  to  bid  and  proposal  efforts  are  recorded  as  selling  expenses;  and  product 
development  costs  charged  to  business  development  activities  are  recorded  as  marketing  expenses.  Product 

19 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
development costs consist primarily of costs associated with personnel, outside contractor and engineering services, 
supplies and materials. Cost of product revenue includes material, labor and overhead. 
Inventory 

The  Company  values  its  inventory  at  the  lower  of  actual  cost  (based  on  the  first-in,  first-out  method)  to 
purchase and/or manufacture or the current estimated net realizable value (based on estimated selling prices, less the 
cost  to  sell)  of  the  inventory.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  inventory  quantities  on  hand  and  records  a 
provision for excess and/or obsolete inventory based primarily on our estimated forecast of product demand, as well 
as historical usage. The Company evaluates the carrying value of inventory on a quarterly basis to determine if the 
carrying value is recoverable at estimated selling prices. To the extent that estimated selling prices are less than the 
associated carrying values, inventory carrying values are written down. In addition, the Company makes judgments 
as to future demand requirements and compares those with the current or committed inventory levels. Reserves are 
established for inventory levels that exceed future demand. It is possible that additional reserves above those already 
established may be required in the future if market conditions for our products should deteriorate. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts  receivable  are  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  amounts  that  management  believes  may  become 
uncollectible  in  the  future.  The  estimated  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts  is  based  primarily  on  a  specific 
analysis of accounts in the receivable portfolio and historical write-off experience. While management believes the 
allowance to be adequate, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment 
of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be  required,  which  would  reduce  net  income.  In 
addition, if the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to TCC, a specific 
write-off is recorded in that amount. 

Accounting for Income Taxes 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to estimate our income taxes in each of 
the jurisdictions in which we operate, including those outside the United States, which may subject the Company to 
certain risks that ordinarily would not be expected in the United States. The income tax accounting process involves 
estimating  our  actual  current  exposure  together  with  assessing  temporary  differences  resulting  from  differing 
treatments of items, such as inventory obsolescence and stock-based compensation, for tax and accounting purposes. 
These  differences  result  in  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  We  must  then  record  a  valuation 
allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. 

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred 
tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We have recorded a full 
valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of approximately $4.0 million as of September 29, 2018 due to 
uncertainties  related  to  our  ability  to  realize  these  assets.  The  valuation  allowance  is  based  on  our  estimates  of 
taxable income by jurisdiction and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event 
that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to adjust 
our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operation. 

Due to the nature of our current operations in foreign countries (selling products into these countries with 
the assistance of local representatives), the Company has not been subject to any foreign taxes in recent years and it 
is not anticipated that we will be subject to foreign taxes in the near future. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

We  measure  compensation  expense  for  all  stock-based  payments  based  on  the  grant  date  fair  value.  We 
expense stock-based compensation over the employee’s requisite service period, generally the vesting period of the 
award. 

The  choice  of  a  valuation  technique  to  determine  fair  value,  and  the  approach  utilized  to  develop  the 
underlying  assumptions  for  that  technique,  involve  significant  judgments.  These  judgments  reflect  management’s 
assessment of the most accurate method of valuing the stock options we issue, based on our historical experience, 
knowledge  of  current  conditions,  and  beliefs  of  what  could  occur  in  the  future  given  available  information.  Our 
judgments  could  change  over  time  as  additional  information  becomes  available  to  us,  or  the  facts  underlying  our 

20 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
assumptions  change.  Any  change  in  our  judgments  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial  statements.  We 
believe that our estimates incorporate all relevant information available at the time made and represent a reasonable 
approximation in light of the difficulties involved in valuing non-traded stock options. 

Results of Operations 

Year ended September 29, 2018 as compared to year ended September 30, 2017 (as restated) 

Net Revenue 

Net  revenues  for  the  years  ended  September  29,  2018  and  September  30,  2017  were  $3,685,000  and 
$3,725,000,  respectively,  a  decrease  of  $40,000.  Revenue  for  fiscal  2018  consisted  of  $3,423,000,  or  93%,  from 
domestic sources and $262,000, or 7%, from international customers as compared to fiscal 2017, in which revenue 
consisted of $3,364,000, or 90%, from domestic sources and $361,000, or 10%, from international customers. 

Foreign revenue consisted of shipments to four countries during the year ended September 29, 2018 and six 
countries during the year ended September 30, 2017. A sale is attributed to a foreign country based on the location 
of the contracting party. Domestic revenue may include the sale of products shipped through domestic resellers or 
manufacturers to international destinations. The table below summarizes our principal foreign revenue by country: 

Egypt 
Jordan 
Saudi Arabia 
Philippines 
Other 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

39,000     $  117,000   
13,000        106,000   
     121,000        101,000   
10,000   
89,000       
27,000   
-       
  $  262,000     $  361,000   

For  the  year  ended  September  29,  2018,  revenue  was  derived  primarily  from  sales  of  our  engineering 
services amounting to $3,236,000 and shipments of our narrowband radio encryptors to a customer in the Far East 
amounting to $90,000 and to a domestic customer for deployment into Afghanistan amounting to $57,000. We also 
sold our internet protocol encryptor to customers in Saudi Arabia amounting to $121,000 during the period. 

For the year ended September 30, 2017, revenue was derived primarily from shipments of our narrowband 
radio encryptors to a domestic customer for deployment into Afghanistan amounting to $2,546,000 and sales of our 
engineering services amounting to $784,000. We also sold our telephone encryptor to a customer in the Middle East 
amounting  to  $106,000  and  our  internet  protocol  encryptor  to  an  international  customer  amounting  to  $95,000 
during our 2017 fiscal year. 

Gross Profit 

Gross  profit  for  fiscal  2018  was  $972,000,  compared  to  gross  profit  of  $1,807,000  for  fiscal  2017,  a 
decrease of 46%. Gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue was 26% for fiscal 2018 compared to 49% for 
fiscal 2017, which decrease was due to the lower margin engineering services revenue in fiscal 2018. During fiscal 
2017  there  was  a  higher  concentration  of  revenue  related  to  product  sales,  which  historically  will  yield  higher 
margins. 

Operating Costs and Expenses 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2018 were $1,941,000, compared to $2,145,000 for 
fiscal 2017. This decrease of $204,000, or 10%, was attributable to a decrease in selling and marketing expenses of 
$207,000. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses of $4,000 during 
the 2018 fiscal year. 

21 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The decrease in selling and marketing expenses for the year ended September 29, 2018 was attributable to 
decreases  in  product  demonstration  costs  of  $150,000  and  product  evaluation  costs  of  $109,000. These  decreases 
were  partially  offset  by  increases  in  outside  consulting  costs  of  $21,000  and  personnel-related  costs  of  $21,000 
during the period. 

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 29, 2018 was primarily 
attributable  to  increases  in  professional  fees  and  other  public  company  costs  of  $38,000.  These  increases  were 
partially offset by a decrease in personnel-related costs of $40,000 during the period. 

Product Development Costs 

Product  development  costs  for  fiscal  years  2018  and  2017  were  $521,000  and  $1,584,000,  respectively. 
This decrease of $1,063,000, or 67%, was attributable to an increase in billable engineering services contracts for 
fiscal 2018 that resulted in decreased product development costs of $1,309,000 and reduced personnel related costs 
of  $138,000.  These  decreased  costs  were  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  engineering  project  costs  of  $398,000 
during the period. 

The Company actively  sells its engineering services in support of funded research and development. The 
receipt  of  these  orders  is  sporadic,  although  such  programs  can  span  over  several  months  to  several  years.  In 
addition to these programs, the Company invests in research and development to enhance its existing products or to 
develop  new  products,  as  it  deems  appropriate.  There  was  $3,236,000  of  billable  engineering  services  revenue 
generated during fiscal 2018 and $784,000 of billable engineering services revenue generated during fiscal 2017. 

Net Loss 

The Company generated a net loss of $1,480,000 for fiscal 2018, compared to a net loss of $1,913,000 for 
fiscal 2017. This $433,000 decrease in  net loss is primarily attributable to a 34% decrease in operating expenses, 
partially offset by a 46% decrease in gross profit during fiscal 2018. 

The  effects  of  inflation  and  changing  costs  have  not  had  a  significant  impact  on  revenue  or  earnings  in 
recent years. As of September 29, 2018, none of the Company’s monetary assets or liabilities was subject to foreign 
exchange  risks.  The  Company  usually  includes  an  inflation  factor  in  its  pricing  when  negotiating  multi-year 
contracts with customers. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our cash and cash equivalents at September 29, 2018 totaled $1,982,000 and we continue to have no debt. 

Liquidity and Ability to Continue as a Going Concern 

For  a  seven  year  period  from  fiscal  2012  to  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  suffered  recurring  losses  from 
operations  and  had  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $2,786,000  at  September  29,  2018.  These  factors  raise  substantial 
doubt  about  the  Company's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  within  one  year  from  the  issuance  date  of  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Such  consolidated  financial 
statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern. 

We anticipate that our principal sources of liquidity will only be sufficient to fund our activities to January 
2020. In order to have sufficient cash to fund our operations beyond that point, we will need to secure new customer 
contracts,  raise  additional  equity  or  debt  capital,  and  reduce  expenses,  including  payroll  and  payroll-related 
expenses.  

In order to have sufficient capital resources to fund operations, the Company has been working diligently to 
secure several large orders with new and existing customers. In addition, the Company is considering raising capital 
through  equity  or  debt  arrangements.  Although  we  believe  our  ability  to  secure  such  new  business  or  raise  new 
capital is likely, we cannot provide assurances we will be able to do so. 

22 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Should we be unsuccessful in these efforts, we would then be forced to implement headcount reductions, 

employee furloughs and/or reduced hours for certain employees or cease operations completely.  

Sources and Uses of Cash  

The  following  table  presents  our  abbreviated  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  September  29,  2018  and 

September 30, 2017: 

Net loss 
Changes not affecting cash 
Changes in current assets and current liabilities 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities 
Cash provided by investing activities 

2018 

2017 

  $ (1,480,000 )   $ (1,913,000 ) 
600,000   
(429,000 ) 

239,000       
     1,620,000       

379,000       (1,742,000 ) 
422,000   
306,000       

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - beginning of year 

685,000       (1,320,000 ) 
     1,297,000        2,617,000   

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash - end of year 

  $ 1,982,000     $ 1,297,000   

Operating Activities  

The Company used approximately $2,121,000 less cash from operating activities in fiscal 2018 compared 
to fiscal 2017. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $433,000 decrease in net loss and an increase in deferred 
revenue of $1,138,000 in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Also contributing to the reduction in the use of cash 
from operating activities was a decrease in accounts receivable of $171,000 at September 29, 2018 as compared to 
an increase in accounts receivable of $618,000 at September 30, 2017, resulting in a decrease in net use of cash of 
$789,000. 

This decrease in use of cash was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses 
of $46,000 at September 29, 2018 compared to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $57,000 at 
September 30, 2017 resulting in an increase in net use of cash of $103,000. 

Investing Activities  

Cash provided by investing activities during fiscal 2018 decreased by approximately $116,000 to $306,000, 
compared  to  cash  provided  by  investing  activities  of  $422,000  during  fiscal  2017.  This  change  is  primarily 
attributable  to  a  decrease  in  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  cost  method  investment  of  $76,000  and  an  increase  in 
additions to equipment and leasehold improvements of $40,000. 

Financing Activities  

There were no financing activities during either fiscal 2018 or 2017. 

Debt Instruments  

The Company currently maintains no debt instruments. 

Backlog 

Backlog  at  September  29,  2018  and  September  30,  2017  amounted  to  $2,118,000  and  $1,975,000, 
respectively. The orders in backlog at September 29, 2018 are expected to ship and/or services are expected to be 
performed over the next twelve months depending on customer requirements and product availability.  

23 

 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Performance guarantees 

Certain foreign customers require the Company to guarantee bid bonds and performance of products sold. 
These guaranties typically take the form of standby letters of credit. Guarantees are generally required in amounts of 
5% to 10% of the purchase price and last in duration  from three  months to one  year.  At September 29, 2018, the 
Company had no outstanding letters of credit. At September 30, 2017, the Company had two outstanding letters of 
credit in the amounts of $12,000 and $1,000, which were secured by collateralized bank accounts totaling $13,000. 
These collateralized bank accounts represented cash that had restrictions on its use. 

Research and Development 

Research and development efforts are undertaken by the Company primarily on its own initiative. In order 
to  compete  successfully,  the  Company  must  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  improve  existing  products  and 
develop new products. No assurances can be given that the Company will be able to hire and train such technical 
management and sales personnel or successfully improve and develop its products. 

During the fiscal years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company spent $521,000 
and $1,584,000, respectively, on internal product development. The Company also spent $2,028,000 and $437,000 
on  billable  development  efforts  during  fiscal  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  In  fiscal  2018,  the  Company’s  total 
product  development  costs  were  approximately  26%  higher  than  fiscal  2017  and  reflected  the  costs  of  custom 
development,  product  capability  enhancements  and  production  readiness.  It  is  expected  that  product  development 
expenses in fiscal 2019 will be consistent with fiscal 2018 levels. 

Technical work continued to focus on three principal areas: development of solutions that meet the needs of 
OEMs;  product  enhancements  that  include  expanded  features,  planned  capability  and  applications  growth;  and 
custom solutions that tailor our products and services to meet the unique needs of our customers. Going forward, the 
Company expects to continue focusing technical efforts in these areas while also increasing our systems design and 
integration  capabilities  and  services  offering  portfolio.  The  following  are  highlights  of  our  product  development 
efforts in fiscal 2018: 

•  Continuation of the development of the next generation IP encryptors, the Cipher X 7220 and 7210; 
•  Completion of the development of the aircraft-compatible HSE 6000 radio encryption product variants; 
•  Continuation of advanced algorithm development for voice applications; and 
• 

Provision of custom engineering services. 

It  is  anticipated  that  working  capital  will  fund  our  near-term  research  and  development  and  marketing 
activities  to  January  2020.  We  also  believe  that,  in  the  long  term,  based  on  current  billable  activities,  cash  from 
operations will be sufficient to meet the development goals of the Company, although we can give no assurances. 
Any increase in development activities  - either billable or new product related  -  will require additional resources, 
which  we  may  not  be  able  to  fund  through  cash  from  operations.  In  circumstances  where  resources  will  be 
insufficient, the Company will look to other sources of financing, including debt and/or equity investments. 

Capital Expenditures 

Other than those stated above, there are no plans for material commitments for capital expenditures in fiscal 

2019. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements. 

24 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
New Accounting Pronouncements  

ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, amended by ASU 2015-14 (Topic 606), ASU 2016-10, ASU 
2016-11 and ASU 2016-12 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-09:  “Revenue  from  contracts  with  Customers”  (ASC  606).  The 
standard  provides  that  revenue  should  be  recognized  when  an  entity  transfers  promised  goods  or  services  to 
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for 
those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of 
revenues  and  cash  flow  arising  from  contracts  with  customers.  The  FASB  has  issued  several  amendments  and 
updates to this revenue standard, including how an entity should identify performance obligations. As amended, the 
new  guidance  was  effective  for  the  Company  beginning  September  30  2018.  The  Company  has  elected  to  adopt 
ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method approach as of September 30, 2018, which approach was applied 
to all contracts not completed as of such date. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the 
financial statements. 

Equipment Sales Revenue The deliverables under the previous guidance is consistent with performance obligations 
identified under ASC 606. Under ASC 606, we continued to allocate the transaction price between the elements and 
performance  obligations  within  the  contract.  Revenue  recognition  for  the  performance  obligations  accounted  for 
under ASC 606 was consistent with current guidance given the transfer of control of the promised goods or services 
follows  the  same  pattern.  As  such,  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  did  not  result  in  a  material  impact  on  revenue 
recognition. 

Engineering  Services  Revenue  The  deliverables  under  the  previous  guidance  is  consistent  with  performance 
obligations identified under ASC 606. The adoption of ASC 606 did not result in a change to the timing of revenue 
recognition for this type of revenue, as the standard requires revenues to be estimated and recognized upon transfer 
of the promised goods and services. As such, the adoption of ASC 606 did not result in a material impact on revenue 
recognition. 

ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance with respect to inventory measurement. This ASU requires inventory to be 
measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The provisions of this ASU became effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendment is required 
to be applied prospectively, and early adoption is permitted. This guidance was adopted by the Company in the first 
quarter  of  its  2018  fiscal  year;  the  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
statements. 

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance with respect to leases. This ASU requires entities to recognize right-of-
use assets and lease  liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. This 
guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and 
lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user 
of  the  financial  statements  to  assess  the  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases.  This 
guidance  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods 
within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We are 
currently evaluating the potential impact this standard will have on our financial statements and related disclosure 
and believe that the most notable impact to our financial statements upon adoption will be the recognition of a right-
of-use asset and a lease liability for our leased facility in Concord, MA. The Company expects to adopt this standard 
during its fiscal year 2020. 

ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  employee  share-
based  payment  transactions  for  both  public  and  nonpublic  entities,  including  the  accounting  for  income  taxes, 
forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. The 

25 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within 
those  fiscal  years.  This  guidance  was  adopted  by  the  Company  in  the  first  quarter  of  its  2018  fiscal  year;  the 
adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements. 

ASU No. 2016-18, Restricted Cash Presentation on Statement of Cash Flows 

In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  in  regards  to  additional  disclosure  surrounding  restricted  cash 
activity. The amendments in this update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period 
in  the  total  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,  and  amounts  generally  described  as  restricted  cash  or  restricted  cash 
equivalents.  Therefore,  amounts  generally  described  as  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash  equivalents  should  be 
included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts 
shown on the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 
15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  Accordingly,  restricted 
cash has been grouped with cash and cash equivalents on the statements of cash flows, and results for the year ended 
September 30, 2017 have been retrospectively reclassified. 

Other recent accounting pronouncements were issued by the FASB (including its Emerging Issues Task Force) and 
the SEC during our 2018 fiscal year but such pronouncements are not believed by management to have a material 
impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements. 

 Item 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

 Item 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and notes thereto listed in the accompanying index to financial statements (Item 

15) are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference. 

 Item 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

The Company has changed auditors to CohnReznick LLP during the year ended September 29, 2018. There 
were no disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosures for the year ended September 29, 
2018.  

 Item 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation  of  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.  The  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial  Officer  have  reviewed  and  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on 
that  review  and  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the 
Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  not  effective  as  of  September  29,  2018  as  a  result  of  the 
material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below. 

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Our management is responsible 
for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f) 
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management, 
including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 29, 2018. In making this assessment, 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013).Based on such an assessment, management concluded that the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of September 29, 2018 due to the material 
weaknesses discussed below. 

26 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  under  the  supervision  of  our  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  for  external  reporting  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S. 
GAAP.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  i)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our 
assets; ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance  with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being  made only  in accordance 
with authorizations of our management and directors; and iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because  of  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluations  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or 
procedures may deteriorate. 

A  goal  of  the  assessment  was  to  determine  whether  any  material  weaknesses  existed  with  respect  to  the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  A  “material  weakness”  is  defined  as  a  deficiency,  or  a 
combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility 
that  a  material  misstatement  of  the  registrant’s  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or 
detected on a timely basis by the Company’s internal controls. 

Based upon that assessment, in conjunction with the auditor’s findings, management identified a deficiency 
that  rose  to  the  level  of  a  material  weakness  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  related  to  the 
misapplication of generally accepted accounting principles associated with revenue recognition, inventory reserves, 
accruals and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the classification and disclosure of 
financial information, all caused by a lack of adequate skills and experience within the accounting department. 

As  previously  reported  in  our  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2017,  as  well  as  prior 
fiscal years, management had concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial 
reporting  due  to  a  lack  of  sufficient  staff  to  segregate  accounting  duties.  Management  had  determined  that  this 
condition constituted a material weakness. In addition to this previously identified material weakness, the Company 
has  identified  a  lack  of  an  adequately  trained  accounting  department  and  an  independent  review  of  financial 
reporting.  Additionally,  during  the  three  months  ended  June  30,  2018,  we  identified  and  reported  a  material 
weakness in internal control over significant non-routine transactions on our Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended 
June  30,  2018.  This  conclusion  resulted  from  a  lack  of  operating  effectiveness  of  our  controls  over  non-routine 
transactions, specifically related to an inadequate evaluation of the underlying effective rate implications related to 
the December 20, 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which management had determined constituted a material weakness. 

Nonetheless,  management  believes  that  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have certified that, based on such officer’s knowledge, the financial 
statements  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  fairly  present  in  all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  Company  as  of,  and  for,  the 
periods  presented  in  this  report.  In  addition,  we  are  determining  a  remediation  plan  for  the  material  weaknesses, 
which plan is described below. 

Remediation  plan  for  the  material  weaknesses.  Our  management,  with  oversight  from  the  Audit 
Committee, is actively engaged in determining a remediation plan to address all identified material weaknesses. This 
remediation plan includes further educating and training TCC’s accounting staff and management to address certain 
core  competencies  that  resulted  in  the  lack  of  operational  effectiveness.  Management  also  intends  to  assess  the 
design  of  controls  to  determine  if  enhancements  are  needed  to  increase  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. In addition, management may retain subject matter experts to ensure compliance with generally 
accepted accounting principles and SEC rules and regulations, when deemed necessary. 

We  currently  plan  to  initiate  our  remediation  efforts  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2019.  Our  goal  is  to 

remediate the material weaknesses by the end of fiscal 2019. 

27 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Changes in internal control over financial reporting. The changes in the aforementioned internal controls 
over  financial  reporting  and  the  remediation  efforts  expected  to  be  undertaken  have  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  No  other  changes  in  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred during the fourth quarter of its 2018 fiscal year. 

 Item 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

28 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Part III 

 Item 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Members of the Board of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers 

The following table sets forth the name and address of each director, nominee and executive officer of the 
Company, the  year each current director first became a director, and the age and positions currently  held by each 
such individual with the Company. The following table is as of May 31, 2019. 

Year First Became a  
Director 

Age 

Positions and Offices 
with the Company 

Name and Address(1) 

Francisco F. Blanco 

Carl H. Guild, Jr.  

Ralph M. Norwood 

Thomas E. Peoples 

Non-Director Executive 
Officers 

2011 

1997 

2019 

1998 

Michael P. Malone 

-- 

76 

75 

75 

70 

59 

Class II Director 

Class  III  Director,  Chairman  of  the  Board, 
Chief Executive Officer and President 

Class I Director 

Class III Director 

Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and 
Assistant Secretary 

 (1)  The  address  of  Messrs.  Blanco,  Guild,  Peoples,  Norwood  and  Malone  is  c/o  Technical  Communications 

Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

Directors and Nominees 

Francisco F. Blanco. Mr. Blanco is President and CEO of The Pola Group, LLC, a consulting firm focused 
on providing advice and assistance, strategic direction and creative business development solutions for commercial 
and  government  clients,  where  he  has  worked  since  2010.  From  2001  to  2010,  Mr.  Blanco  was  Executive  Vice 
President  of  the  Intelligence  and  National  Security  Alliance  (“INSA”),  a  member-based  non-profit,  non-partisan, 
public-private organization that works to promote and recognize the highest standards within the national security 
and intelligence communities. Prior to joining INSA, Mr. Blanco was employed in a variety of senior management 
and leadership positions during his 30-year tenure at the U.S. Department of Defense. 

Mr.  Blanco’s  qualifications  for  election  to  and  service  on  the  Board  of  Directors  include  his  industry 
experience,  his  government  experience  and  relationships  with  government  leaders  and  agencies,  his  management 
and business development skills, and his in-depth understanding of the Company’s products and their markets. 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. Mr. Guild has been President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1998 
and Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2001. He was also Vice-Chairman of the Board from 1998 to 2001 
and Chairman in 1998, and was an independent consultant to the Company from 1997 to 1998. From 1993 to 1997, 
he  was  a  Senior  Vice  President  with  Raytheon  Engineers  and  Constructors,  Inc.,  a  former  unit  of  Raytheon 
Company,  a  defense,  homeland  security  and  aerospace  technology  company.  Mr.  Guild  serves  as  President  and 
Chief Executive Officer of the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement (as amended) with the Company, 
which agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” in the Compensation section below. 

Mr. Guild’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include his management and 
leadership  experience  and  financial  acumen,  his  deep  understanding  of  the  Company’s  products,  business  and 
industry,  including  its  international  operations  and  customers,  and  his  demonstrated  commitment  to  TCC  and  its 
stockholders. 

29 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Ralph  M.  Norwood.  Mr.  Norwood  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  CPS  Technologies  Corp,  a 
NASDAQ-listed manufacturer of electronic components, from 2011 until his retirement earlier this year.  He joined 
CPS Technologies from Navigator Advisors LLC, a financial consulting company, where he had served as President 
since he founded the firm in 2006. From 2002 until 2005 he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of 
SatCon Technology Corporation, a clean energy company headquartered in Boston, MA. Previously, he served for 
over 20 years at Polaroid Corporation in various capacities including Vice President and Treasurer, Vice President 
and  Controller,  and  Worldwide  Manufacturing  Controller.  Mr.  Norwood  is  a  CPA  and  earned  a  B.S.  from  the 
University of New Hampshire and an M.B.A from the Darden School at the University of Virginia. 

Mr. Norwood’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include his significant 
financial expertise and experience, as well as his experience in international business.  Mr. Norwood’s experience as 
a financial executive also enhances the ability and functioning of the Board and in particular the Audit Committee in 
discharging  its  responsibilities  to  assist  the  Board  with  overseeing  management’s  conduct  of  TCC’s  financial 
reporting processes. 

Thomas E. Peoples. Mr. Peoples currently serves as President of International Executive Counselors, LLC, 
a consulting company he established in Virginia in 2005. Mr. Peoples was Vice President and Managing Director of 
The SPECTRUM Group, a Washington, DC area-based consulting firm, from 2004 to February 2015. Between 2001 
and 2004, Mr. Peoples was retired. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Peoples was the Senior Vice President for International 
and Washington Operations of Gencorp, Inc., a publicly-held manufacturer of automotive, polymer, aerospace, and 
defense products. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Peoples was a Vice President of Aerojet, a privately-held aerospace and 
defense  contractor.  Prior  to  1992,  Mr.  Peoples  served  as  Manager  of  Business  Development  for  Smart  Munitions 
Programs at Raytheon Company. He also served in the U.S. Army between August 1966 and February 1987, retiring 
from service as a Lieutenant Colonel. He is also a former Board member and Treasurer of the National Guard Youth 
Foundation and was an appointed member of the U.S. Department of Defense Science Board from 2000 to 2002. 

Mr. Peoples’s qualifications for election to and service on the Board of Directors include his management 
and  business  experience,  his  government  experience  and  relationships  with  government  leaders  and  agencies,  his 
business development skills and engineering expertise, and his in-depth understanding of the Company’s products 
and their markets. 

Officers 

Michael  P.  Malone.  Mr.  Malone,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Assistant  Secretary,  joined  the 
Company in 1998 as Director of Finance and Treasurer and became Chief Financial Officer in 2000. From 1997 to 
1998, he was the Controller at Vasca, Inc., a privately-held medical device company. Prior to 1997, Mr. Malone was 
with ZOLL Medical Corporation, a publicly-traded medical device and software solutions company, for five years 
as  its  Controller  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Malone  and  the  Company  are  parties  to  an  Employment  Agreement,  which 
agreement is summarized under “Employment Agreements” in the Compensation section below. 

Certain Relationships; Legal Proceedings 

There are no family relationships among the directors, executive officers or any nominee therefor, and to 
the Company’s knowledge no arrangements or understandings exist between any director or nominee and any other 
person pursuant to which such director or nominee was or is to be selected as a director or executive officer. 

There are no material proceedings to which a director, executive officer or nominee is a party adverse to the 
Company or its subsidiary or has a material interest adverse to the Company or its subsidiary, nor to the Company’s 
knowledge are there any proceedings or events material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of the Company’s 
directors, nominees or executive officers. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers, directors, and persons who beneficially 
own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes 

30 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
in ownership with the Commission. Officers, directors and greater-than-10% stockholders are required by regulation 
to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file. 

Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of such reports and any amendments thereto furnished 
to the Company during and with respect to the Company’s 2018 fiscal year, or written representations from certain 
reporting persons that they were not required to file, the Company believes that during fiscal year 2018, its officers, 
directors, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Common Stock complied with all applicable Section 16(a) 
filing requirements. 

Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all of its employees, 
the  Company’s  website  at 

this  code  can  be 

found  on 

officers  and  directors.  A  copy  of 
www.tccsecure.com/investors.aspx. 

Committees of the Board 

Information  regarding  the  committees  of  TCC’s  Board  of  Directors  as  well  as  the  procedures  by  which 
stockholders  may recommend nominees to  the Company’s  Board of Directors can be found  under Item 13 below 
and are incorporated herein by reference.   

 Item 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Named Executive Officers 

The  following  tables  set  forth  all  plan  and  non-plan  compensation  awarded  to,  earned  by  or  paid  to  the 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, who were the only “named executive officers” 
of  the  Company  during  its  2018  fiscal  year,  for  all  services  rendered  by  such  officers  to  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiary in all capacities for the periods presented. 

Name 
and 
Principal Position 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
President, Chief 
Executive Officer 
and Chairman 

Michael P. Malone 
Chief Financial Officer, 
Treasurer and Assistant 
Secretary 

Summary Compensation Table 

Year 

Salary 
($)  

Bonus 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($) 

All 
Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Total 
($) 

2018 

$285,006(1) 

-- 

$18,524(2) 

$6,910(3) 

$310,440 

2017 

$285,006(1) 

2018 

$160,014(5) 

-- 

-- 

2017 

$160,014(5) 

-- 

$5,815(4) 

$6,765(3) 

$297,586 

-- 

-- 

$6,109(6) 

$166,123 

$6,000(6) 

$166,014 

(1)  Mr. Guild’s annual base salary was set at $285,000 effective March 1, 2012. 

(2)  Amount represents an award on February 12, 2018 of a non-qualified option to purchase 3,500 shares of 
Common Stock at $7.25 per share, which vests over a five year period and has a 10 year term. Such award 
was made to Mr. Guild for his service as a director of the Company. The dollar amount presented includes 
the aggregate fair value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the 
date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average 

31 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
assumptions: dividend yield of 0%, expected volatility of 82%, risk-free interest rate of 2.5%, and expected 
life of 6.5 years. 

(3)  Includes  the  Company’s  25%  match  on  the  first  6%,  and  30%  match  on  the  second  6%,  of  Mr.  Guild’s 
401(k) contributions for fiscal 2018 and 2017. Also includes life insurance premiums paid by the Company 
of $414 and $360 for each of fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

(4)  Amount represents an award on February 13, 2017 of a non-qualified option to purchase 3,500 shares of 
Common Stock at $2.50 per share, which vests over a five year period and has a 10 year term. Such award 
was made to Mr. Guild for his service as a director of the Company. The dollar amount presented includes 
the aggregate fair value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of the option was estimated on the 
date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average 
assumptions: dividend yield of 0%, expected volatility of 72%, risk-free interest rate of 2.0%, and expected 
life of 6.5 years. 

(5)  Mr. Malone’s annual base salary was set at $160,000 effective March 1, 2012. 

(6)  Includes the Company’s 25% match on the first 6%, and 30% match on the second 6%, of Mr. Malone’s 
401(k) contributions for fiscal 2018 and 2017. Also includes life insurance premiums paid by the Company 
of $828 and $720 for each of fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

For  further  information  on  equity  incentive  awards  granted  to  our  named  executive  officers,  see  the 

disclosure below. 

Employment Agreements 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

The  Company  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Carl  H.  Guild,  Jr.,  its  President  and  Chief 
Executive  Officer,  effective  as  of  November  19,  1998  and  amended  November  8,  2001.  The  original  term  of  the 
agreement expired September 30, 2000; the agreement renews automatically thereafter for successive periods of one 
year  unless  earlier  terminated  or  not  renewed.  Mr.  Guild’s  agreement  contains  provisions  specifying  his  annual 
compensation,  subject  to  an  annual  merit  review  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  agreement  also  provides  for 
performance awards to be paid at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, based on an assessment of 
exceptional performance. Mr. Guild’s base salary was set at $285,000 effective March 1, 2012 and has not changed 
since such date. No performance awards were earned with respect to fiscal 2018 and 2017. 

For  information  on  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Guild,  see  “Outstanding  Equity  Awards  at  Fiscal  Year-

End” below. 

Michael P. Malone 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Michael P. Malone, its Chief Financial Officer, 
effective  as  of  February  12, 2001. The  original  term  of  the  agreement  was  12  months,  and  the  agreement  renews 
automatically for successive periods of one year unless earlier terminated or not renewed. Mr. Malone’s agreement 
contains provisions specifying his annual base salary, subject to an annual merit review by the Board of Directors. 
The  agreement  also  provides  for  performance  awards  to  be  paid  at  the  discretion  of  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors, based on an exceptional performance assessment. Mr. Malone’s base salary was set at $160,000 effective 
March 1, 2012 and has not changed since such date. No performance awards were earned with respect to fiscal 2018 
and 2017. 

For information on stock options granted to Mr. Malone, see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-

End” below. 

32 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  unexercised  options  held  by  our  named 
executive officers outstanding as of the end of the Company’s 2018 fiscal year, which date was September 29, 2018. 

Name 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised  
Options 
(#) Exercisable 

3,500 (1) 
18,900 (2) 
3,500 (3) 
3,500 (4) 
3,500 (5) 
3,500 (6) 
2,100 (7) 
1,400 (8) 
700 (9) 
-- 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised  
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
1,400 (7) 
2,100 (8) 
2,800 (9) 
  3,500 (10) 

Michael P. Malone 

10,501 (2) 

-- 

Option Awards 

Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned  
Options 
(#) 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

Option 
Exercise  
Price 
($) 

Option 
Expiration  
Date 

7.02 
11.51 
9.77 
10.20 
4.67 
7.65 
4.05 
2.90 
2.50 
7.25 

11.51 

02/08/20 
07/29/20 
05/05/21 
05/03/22 
02/11/23 
02/12/24 
05/07/25 
02/08/26 
02/13/27 
02/12/28 

07/29/20 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

Granted on February 8, 2010 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully vested as 
of February 8, 2010. 
Granted on July 29, 2010 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vested as to 20% of the 
shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on May 5, 2011 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully vested as of 
May 5, 2011. 
Granted on May 3, 2012 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully vested as of 
May 3, 2012. 
Granted on February 11, 2013 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully vested as 
of February 11, 2013. 
Granted on February 12, 2014 under the 2005 Plan; options have 10 year term and were fully vested as 
of February 12, 2014. 
Granted  on  May  7,  2015  under  the  2010 Plan;  options  have  10  year  term  and  vest  as  to  20%  of  the 
shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 8, 2016 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest as to 20% of the 
shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 13, 2017 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest as to 20% of 
the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 
Granted on February 12, 2018 under the 2010 Plan; options have 10 year term and vest as to 20% of 
the shares on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. 

33 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Equity Incentive Plans 

The Company currently administers two plans that provide for the grant of equity incentive compensation 
to officers, directors and employees: the Technical Communications Corporation 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and the 
Technical Communications Corporation 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. At March 15, 2019, there were an 
aggregate  of  600,000  shares  authorized  under  these  plans,  of  which  options  to  purchase  227,137  shares  were 
outstanding and 224,563 shares were available for issuance upon future grants and awards. Generally, these plans 
provide for the grant of equity awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company, in each case 
in amounts, at prices and subject to such restrictions and limitations as determined by the Board of Directors or a 
committee thereof and in compliance  with applicable law, including the  Code. The goal of the Company’s equity 
incentive  awards  is  to  promote  the  success  and  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  by  permitting  and 
encouraging  recipients  to  obtain  a  proprietary  interest  in  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  through  the  grant  and 
exercise of such awards, and motivating such recipients to remain with the Company and work towards its success. 

Grants in Fiscal 2018 

On February 12, 2018, the Board of Directors granted to each of the members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors options under the 2010 Plan to purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock, for an aggregate 14,000 shares. 
These non-qualified stock options, which are exercisable at $7.25 per share, vest 20% per year commencing the first 
anniversary of the date of grant and have a term of 10 years. Such grants were the only grants of stock options made 
to executive officers and directors during the Company’s 2018 fiscal year. 

Retirement, Severance and Similar Compensation 

No retirement, severance or similar compensation  was paid to any employee during the 2018 fiscal  year. 
Certain amounts  may be payable upon  separation of employment  to our  named executive officers pursuant  to the 
terms of their employment agreements as described below. The Company also provides to all employees a 401(k) 
tax qualified plan. 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Pursuant  to  his  employment  agreement,  upon  termination  of  his  employment  without  “cause”  by  the 
Company or upon his death or disability, Mr. Guild is entitled to receive severance pay in an amount equal to the 
greater  of  six  months’  base  salary  at  the  then-current  level  or  the  balance  of  the  term  of  the  agreement,  less 
applicable taxes and other required withholdings and amounts owed to the Company, and including all health and 
other benefits to which he had been entitled while employed by the Company at the Company’s expense for at least 
six months. If the Company determines not to renew Mr. Guild’s employment agreement, he is entitled to an amount 
equal to six months’ base salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other required withholdings and 
amounts owed to the Company, and the continuation of all health and other benefits to which he had been entitled 
while employed by the Company at the Company’s expense for at least six months. 

“Cause”  is  defined  as  Mr.  Guild’s  failure  or  refusal  to  perform  the  services  specified  in  his  employment 
agreement  or  to  carry  out  any  lawful  directions  of  the  Board;  conviction  of  a  felony;  fraud  or  embezzlement 
involving the assets of the Company, its customers, suppliers or affiliates; gross negligence or willful misconduct; or 
breach of any term of his employment agreement. 

Mr. Guild may terminate his employment agreement upon prior written notice to the Company. Upon his 
voluntary  termination,  he  is  entitled  to  severance  pay  –  defined  as  his  base  salary  at  the  then-current  level,  less 
applicable taxes and other required  withholdings and amounts owed to the  Company – equal to six  months if the 
termination date is on the renewal date of the agreement or the lesser of six months or the balance of the term of the 
agreement if the termination date is before such renewal date. 

In the event of a change in control of the Company where Mr. Guild resigns or is terminated without cause 
by  the  Company  within  24  months  after  such  an  event,  any  unvested  options  held  shall  automatically  vest  and 
become  immediately exercisable. In addition, Mr. Guild  would be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount 
equal to 24 months’ base salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other withholdings and amounts 
due  and  plus  all  accrued  and  unpaid  expenses  and  vacation  time.  In  the  event  that  any  payment  to  be  received 

34 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
pursuant  to  such  change  in  control  or  the  value  of  any  acceleration  right  in  any  Company  stock  options  held  in 
connection with the change in control of the Company would be subject to an excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of 
the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of such 
terms  in  Section  280G(b)  of  the  Code,  the  amount  payable  will  be  increased  (grossed  up)  to  cover  the  excise  tax 
liability due under Section 4999 of the Code, if otherwise permitted under the Code. 

 “Change  in  control”  is  defined  as  the  occurrence  of  any  one  of  the  following:  (a)  any  person  or  entity, 
including  a  “group”  as  defined  in  Section  13(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  (other  than  the  Company,  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary  of  the  Company,  or  any  employee  benefit  plan  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries),  becoming  the 
beneficial  owner  of  the  Company’s  securities  having  51%  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  then-
outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company; or (b) as the 
result of, or in connection  with, any cash tender or exchange offer,  merger or other business combination, sale of 
assets or contested election or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined 
voting power of the then-outstanding  securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled  to 
vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction, 
are held in the aggregate by holders of the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors 
of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or (c) the approval of the stockholders of the Company of a 
plan of liquidation. 

Michael P. Malone. 

Under Mr. Malone’s employment agreement, the Company has the right, upon written notice, to terminate 
his employment (a) immediately at any time for “cause” or (b) at any time without “cause”. Cause is defined as his 
failure or refusal to perform the services specified in his employment agreement or to carry out any lawful directions 
of  the  Board;  conviction  of  a  felony;  fraud  or  embezzlement  involving  the  assets  of  the  Company,  its  customers, 
suppliers or affiliates; gross negligence or willful misconduct; inability for a continuous period of at least 180 days 
in the aggregate during any 360-day period to perform his duties due to a physical or mental disability incapable of 
reasonable accommodation under applicable law; or breach of any term of his employment agreement. 

Upon  termination  of  employment  without  cause  by  the  Company,  Mr.  Malone  is  entitled  to  receive 
severance pay in an amount equal to the greater of six months’ base salary at the then-current level or his base salary 
for the balance of the term of the agreement. If the Company determines not to renew Mr. Malone’s employment 
agreement,  he is  guaranteed,  at the  Company’s option, at  will employment  for six  months or severance pay in an 
amount  equal  to  six  months’  base  salary  at  the  then-current  level.  In  either  case,  such  amounts  shall  be  less 
applicable  taxes  and  other  required  withholdings  and  amounts  owed  to  the  Company,  plus  all  accrued  but  unpaid 
expenses and vacation time. 

In  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  where  Mr.  Malone  resigns  or  is  terminated  without 
cause by the Company within six months after such an event, any unvested options held shall automatically vest and 
become immediately exercisable. In addition, Mr. Malone would be entitled to receive severance pay in an amount 
equal to six months’ base salary at the then-current level, less applicable taxes and other withholdings and amounts 
due  and  plus  all  accrued  and  unpaid  expenses  and  vacation  time.  In  the  event  that  any  payment  to  be  received 
pursuant  to  such  change  in  control  or  the  value  of  any  acceleration  right  in  any  Company  stock  options  held  in 
connection with the change in control of the Company would be subject to an excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of 
the Code, whether in whole or in part as a result of being an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of such 
terms in Section 280G(b) of the Code, the amount payable to Mr. Malone will be increased (grossed up) to cover the 
excise tax liability due under Section 4999 of the Code, if otherwise permitted under the Code. “Change in control” 
in Mr. Malone’s employment agreement has the same definition as that found in Mr. Guild’s agreement, provided 
above. 

Compensation of Directors 

The following table sets forth all compensation paid to the Company’s directors for the fiscal year ended 
September 29, 2018. Mr. Guild, our President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors, did not receive any 
compensation for his service as a director during the 2018 fiscal year other than the option grant discussed above. 

35 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Name 

Fees Earned or  
Paid in Cash 
($) 

Option Awards  
($) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Thomas E. Peoples 

$25,900(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Francisco F. Blanco 

$24,500(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Mitchell B. Briskin 

$22,700(1) 

$18,524(2)(3) 

Ralph M. Norwood 

(4) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 
($) 

$44,424 

$43,024 

$41,224 

- 

(1)  Includes quarterly stipend and fees paid for Board of Directors and committee meetings attended during the 
fiscal year. For Mr. Peoples, also includes quarterly stipend received for serving as Chairman of the Audit 
Committee beginning in May 2018. For Mr. Briskin, also includes quarterly stipend received for serving as 
Chairman of the Audit Committee until May 2018. 

(2)  Amount represents the award on February 12, 2018 of a non-qualified option to purchase 3,500 shares of 
Common Stock at $7.25 per share, which option vests over a five year period and has a 10 year term. The 
dollar amount presented represents the aggregate fair value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value 
of  the  option  was  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the 
following  weighted  average  assumptions:  dividend  yield  of  0%,  expected  volatility  of  82%,  risk-free 
interest rate of 2.5%, and expected life of 6.5 years. 

(3)  Mr. Peoples had 29,400 options outstanding at the 2018 fiscal year-end, of which 19,600 were fully vested 
and exercisable. Mr. Blanco had 21,000 options outstanding at the 2018 fiscal year-end, of which 11,200 
were fully vested and exercisable. Mr. Briskin had 35,000 options outstanding at the time of his death, of 
which 25,200 were vested. 

(4)  Mr. Norwood became a director effective May 15, 2019 and has not received any compensation to date. 

Board  members  are  entitled  to  receive  a  Board  meeting  fee  of  $2,500  per  meeting  attended  (whether  in 
person or via telephone conference, so long as the duration of the meeting attended exceeds 30 minutes), which fee 
can be waived.  Board members also receive a quarterly stipend of $3,500 for their service. Members of the Audit 
Committee  are  paid  $1,000  for  each  Audit  Committee  meeting  that  is  not  held  in  connection  with  a  regularly 
scheduled Board meeting, and the Audit Committee Chairman receives a quarterly stipend of $1,400 in addition to 
the stipend he receives as a director of the Company.  Members of the Governance Committee receive $500 for each 
meeting that is held other than in connection with a regularly scheduled meeting of the Board of Directors. 

Commencing in 2008, directors are annually granted an option to purchase 3,500 shares of Common Stock 
at an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted to 
directors are considered non-qualified and, beginning in fiscal year 2015, vest 20% per year commencing on the first 
anniversary of the date of grant; prior director option grants vested immediately. Each grant expires 10 years after 
the date of grant, except that if a director ceases to be a director, the option terminates at the earlier of 10 years from 
the date of grant or three years from the last day as a director. 

TCC reimburses members of the Board of Directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in 
attending Board and committee meetings. The Company believes that members of the Board of Directors received 
compensation during fiscal year 2018 commensurate with their responsibilities to the Company and appropriate for a 
company of TCC’s size and revenues. 

36 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Item 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT 
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans 

The information required by this Item 12 regarding securities authorized for issuance under TCC’s equity 
compensation  plans  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Part  II,  Item  5  herein  under  the  caption  “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information”. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

The  following  table  shows,  as  of  June  14,  2019,  the  beneficial  ownership  of  Common  Stock  of  the 
Company by (i) any person or group who is known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of 
the  Company’s  Common  Stock,  (ii)  each  of  TCC’s  current  directors  and  nominees,  (iii)  each  of  the  Company’s 
named executive officers, and (iv) all current directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. As of June 
14, 2019, there were 1,850,403 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

Name and Address of 
Beneficial Owner(1) 

Francisco F. Blanco 

Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Thomas E. Peoples 

Ralph M. Norwood 

Michael P. Malone 

All current directors, executive officers and 5% 
holders as a group  (5 persons) 

Amount and Nature of  
Beneficial Ownership(1) 

Percent of Class  

14,000 (2) 

341,359(3) 

23,069(4) 

- 

90,756(5) 

469,184(6) 

0.8% 

18.0% 

1.2% 

- 

 4.9% 

24.2% 

(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  of  the  persons  named  in  the  table  has  sole  voting  and  investment 
power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name. With respect to each person or 
group, percentages are calculated based on the number of shares beneficially owned, including shares 
that may be acquired by such person or group, within 60 days of May 31, 2019, upon the exercise of 
stock  options  or  other  purchase  rights,  but  not  the  exercise  of  options  or  warrants  held  by  any  other 
person.  The  address  of  Messrs.  Blanco,  Guild,  Peoples,  Norwood  and  Malone  is  c/o  Technical 
Communications Corporation, 100 Domino Drive, Concord, Massachusetts 01742. 

(2)  Represents 14,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(3)  Includes 43,400 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, and 297,959 shares held jointly by 

Mr. Guild and his wife. 

(4)  Includes 18,900 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(5)  Includes 10,501 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 
(6)  Includes an aggregate 86,801 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. 

Change in Control 

The Company knows of no arrangements (including any pledge by any person of securities of TCC) that 

may result or have resulted in a change in control of the Company. 

37 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 Item 13. 

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions; Legal Proceedings 

David  A. White, the Company’s Secretary, is a  member of a law  firm  that provides legal services to the 
Company. Fees paid to Mr. White’s law firm were approximately $51,000 for fiscal year 2018 and approximately 
$57,000 for fiscal  year 2017. There were no other transactions during fiscal  years 2018 or 2017, and there are no 
currently proposed transactions, to which the Company was or is to be a participant and in which any related person 
had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. 

Corporate Governance 

Board Composition and Independence; Meetings 

The  size  of  the  Board  of  Directors  is  set  at  four  directors.  The  Board  has  determined  that  each  current 
director other than Mr. Guild is an “independent” director as that term is defined in the rules and regulations of The 
Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”), including Listing Rule 5605, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The Company 
does not utilize any other definition or criteria for determining the independence of a director or nominee, and no 
other transactions, relationships, or arrangements exist to the Board’s knowledge or were considered by the Board in 
determining any director’s or nominee’s independence. Mitchell B. Briskin, who served as a director and member of 
both committees of the Board until his death, was also “independent” under all applicable requirements. 

Committees 

The  Board  of  Directors  currently  has  two  committees,  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Compensation, 

Nominating and Governance Committee, each as described below. 

Audit Committee 

The  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  currently  consists  of  Messrs.  Peoples  (Chairman),  Blanco  and 
Norwood. Mr. Briskin served as a member and the chairperson of the Audit Committee until his death in May 2018. 

The  Audit  Committee’s  primary  function  is  to  assist  the  Board  of  Directors  in  fulfilling  its  oversight 

responsibilities by: 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

reviewing the financial reports and other financial information of the Company, 
reviewing  the  Company’s  system  of  internal  controls  regarding  finance  and  accounting  and  the 
Company’s auditing, accounting and financial reporting processes, 
serving  as  an  independent  and  objective  party  to  monitor  the  Company’s  financial  reporting 
processes and internal control systems, 
reviewing  and  appraising  the  audit  efforts  of  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm, 
reviewing, approving and/or ratifying related person transactions, and 
providing  an  open  avenue  of  communication  among  the  independent  accountants,  financial  and 
senior management, and the Board of Directors. 

The  Audit  Committee  acts  pursuant  to  an  Audit  Committee  Charter,  a  copy  of  which  is  posted  on  the 
Company’s  website at  https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx. The  Audit  Committee’s charter requires that the 
committee review and update the charter periodically as conditions dictate. In August 2018, the Audit Committee’s 
charter was reviewed and affirmed without change. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Peoples  satisfies  the  definition  of  “audit  committee 
financial expert” as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) by virtue of his 
educational  and  work  experience  as  described  above.  Mr.  Blanco  is  also  independent  (as  was  Mr.  Briskin)  under 
Nasdaq’s listing standards for directors and Audit Committee members under Rules 5605(b) and (c). 

38 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee 

The  Company’s  Compensation,  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  (the  “Governance  Committee”) 
currently consists of Messrs. Peoples (Chairman), Blanco and Norwood. Mr. Briskin also served as a member of the 
Governance Committee until his death in May 2018. As noted above, the Board has determined that each of these 
individuals  satisfies  applicable  independence  requirements  for  directors  as  well  as  members  of  such  committee 
under Nasdaq Rules 5605(d) and (e). 

The primary function of the  Governance Committee is to  assist the Board of Directors in discharging its 
responsibilities  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  compensation  and  benefit  programs,  the  organization  and 
membership of the Board, and corporate governance matters. The Governance Committee’s goal is to assure that the 
composition,  practices  and  operation  of  the  Board  contribute  to  value  creation  and  effective  representation  of  the 
Company’s stockholders, and to play a leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance. 

The Governance  Committee  acts pursuant to the Compensation, Nominating and Governance  Committee 
Charter,  a  copy  of  which  is  posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at  https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx.  The 
Governance  Committee’s  charter  requires  that  the  committee  review  and  reassess  the  adequacy  of  the  charter 
annually  and  recommend  any  proposed  changes  to  the  Board  for  approval.  In  August  2018,  the  Governance 
Committee’s  charter  was  reviewed  and  affirmed  without  change.  The  Governance  Committee  must  also  annually 
evaluate its own performance. 

The  Board  has  approved  policies  and  procedures  for  the  Governance  Committee  with  respect  to  the 
nomination of candidates to the Board and any committees thereof. These policies and procedures are available on 
the Company’s website at https://www.tccsecure.com/Investors.aspx and are summarized below, and have not been 
materially changed since adoption. 

Nomination Policies and Procedures 

The  Governance  Committee  will  accept  for  consideration  any  candidate  properly  recommended  by  a 
stockholder;  acceptance  of  a  recommendation  for  consideration  does  not  imply  the  committee  will  nominate  or 
recommend for nomination the proposed candidate. 

Stockholders who wish to nominate qualified candidates to serve as directors must notify the Company in 
writing,  by  notice  delivered  to  the  attention  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Company  at  the  address  of  the  Company’s 
executive  offices  as  set  forth  in  the  Company’s  periodic  reports  as  filed  with  the  Commission,  of  a  proposed 
nominee. Submissions may be by mail, courier or personal delivery. E-mail submissions will not be considered. In 
order  to  ensure  meaningful  consideration  of  such  candidates,  notice  must  be  received  not  later  than  120  calendar 
days  prior  to  the  first  anniversary  of  the  date  of  the  proxy  statement  for  the  prior  year’s  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders. 

The notice must set forth as to each proposed nominee: 

• 
• 
• 

• 

the nominee’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address, 
his or her principal occupation or employment and business experience, 
the  number  of  shares  of  stock  of  the  Company,  if  any,  which  are  beneficially  owned  by  such 
nominee, and 
any  other  information  concerning  the  nominee  that  must  be  disclosed  as  to  nominees  in  proxy 
solicitations  pursuant  to  applicable  law,  including  but  not  limited  to  any  arrangements  or 
agreements regarding the proposed candidate’s nomination, all relationships between the proposed 
nominee and the recommending stockholder and the Company, and all transactions between such 
parties. 

The notice must also set forth with respect to the stockholder making the nomination the name and address, 
as they appear on the Company’s books, of such stockholder, the number of shares of the Company that are owned 
beneficially or of record by such stockholder, and the time period such shares have been held. 

Submissions  received  through  this  process  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Governance  Committee  for  review. 
Only  those  submissions  that  comply  with  these  procedures  and  those  nominees  who  satisfy  the  qualifications 
determined by the Governance Committee for directors of the Company will be considered. 

39 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
When  considering  candidates,  the  Governance  Committee  strives  to  achieve  a  balance  of  knowledge, 
experience  and  accomplishment  such  that  the  Board  reflects  a  diversity  of  talent,  age,  skill,  expertise  and 
perspective. While there are no set minimum requirements, a candidate should: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

be intelligent, thoughtful and analytical, 
possess superior business-related knowledge, skills and experience, 
reflect the highest integrity, ethics and character, and value such qualities in others, 
have excelled in both academic and professional settings, 
demonstrate achievement in his or her chosen field, 
be free of actual or potential conflicts of interest, 
be familiar with regulatory and governance matters, 
have the ability to devote sufficient time to the business and affairs of the Company, and 
demonstrate  the  capacity  and  desire  to  represent,  fairly  and  equally,  the  best  interests  of  the 
Company’s stockholders as a whole. 

In addition to the above criteria (which may be modified from time to time), the Governance Committee 
may consider such other factors as it deems in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, including a 
candidate’s independence, financial sophistication and special competencies. The Governance Committee does not 
have  a  formal  policy  with  regard  to  the  consideration  of  diversity  when  identifying  and  evaluating  nominees  but 
diversity may be considered when making nominations, including racial and ethnic diversity, gender, and diversity 
of personal and professional experiences, backgrounds, skills and qualifications. 

The  Governance  Committee  identifies  potential  candidates  through  referrals  and  recommendations, 
including  by  incumbent  directors,  management  and  stockholders,  as  well  as  through  business  and  other 
organizational networks. The Governance Committee may retain and compensate third parties, including executive 
search firms, to identify or evaluate, or assist in identifying or evaluating, potential director nominees. 

Current  members  of  the  Board  with  the  requisite  skills  and  experience  are  considered  for  re-nomination, 
balancing the value of the member’s continuity of service and familiarity with the Company with that of obtaining a 
new perspective, and considering each individual’s contributions, performance and level of participation, the current 
composition of the Board, and the Company’s needs. If any existing members do not want to continue in service or 
if  it  is  decided  not  to  re-nominate  a  director,  new  candidates  are  identified  in  accordance  with  those  skills, 
experience and characteristics deemed necessary for new nominees, and are evaluated based on the qualifications set 
forth above. In every case, the Governance Committee meets (in person or telephonically) to discuss each candidate, 
and  may  require  personal  interviews  before  final  approval.  Once  a  slate  is  selected,  the  Governance  Committee 
presents it to the full Board. 

The Governance Committee does not currently, and does not intend in the future, to differentiate between 
or alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates based on the constituency (including stockholders) that proposed 
the candidate. 

 Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Independent Registered Pubic Accounting Firm 

The Audit Committee has selected the firm of CohnReznick LLP, independent registered public accounting 
firm, to serve as the Company’s auditor for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2018. CohnReznick LLP acted as 
the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  2018  fiscal  year.  Moody,  Famiglietti  & 
Andronico, LLP (“MFA”) acted as TCC’s independent registered public accounting firm for the Company’s 2017 
fiscal year. Effective May 25, 2018, MFA was dismissed as the independent registered public accounting firm of the 
Company. The Audit Committee participated in and approved the decision to change independent registered public 
accounting firms. 

40 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
Fees 

Audit  Fees.  The  aggregate  fees  billed  through  this  filing  by  CohnReznick  LLP  for  professional  services 
rendered  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial  statements  for  fiscal  year  2018,  and  the  reviews  of  the 
financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports for fiscal year 2018, were approximately $197,000 
with the remainder of approximately $24,000 yet to be billed. 

The  aggregate  fees  billed  by  MFA  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  reviews  of  the  financial 
statements included in the  Company’s quarterly reports  during  fiscal  year 2018 were approximately $56,000. The 
aggregate  fees  billed  by  MFA  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial 
statements  for  fiscal  year  2017,  and  the  reviews  of  the  financial  statements  included  in  the  Company’s  quarterly 
reports  during  fiscal  year  2017,  were  approximately  $87,000.  Additional  fees  for  professional  services  rendered 
during fiscal year 2019 were approximately $51,000. 

Audit-Related Fees. No fees were billed by CohnReznick LLP or MFA for assurance and related services 
that  were  reasonably  related  to  the  performance  of  such  firm’s  audit  or  review  of  the  Company’s  financial 
statements for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. 

Tax  Fees.  The  aggregate  fees  billed  by  MFA  for  professional  services  rendered  for  tax  compliance,  tax 

advice and tax planning for the Company for fiscal year 2017 was approximately $16,500. 

All Other Fees. No fees were billed by CohnReznick LLP or MFA for products or services provided other 

than those otherwise described above for fiscal years 2018 and 2017. 

Pre-Approval Policies 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Audit  Committee  to  pre-approve  the  audit  and  permissible  non-audit  services 
performed by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm in order to ensure that the provision of 
such  services  does  not  impair  such  firm’s  independence,  in  appearance  or  fact.  In  fiscal  year  2018,  the  Audit 
Committee pre-approved all such services performed by MFA and CohnReznick LLP. 

41 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

   (1) 

Financial Statements The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto are filed as part 
of Part II, Item 8 of this report: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 
2017 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 
2017 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended September 29, 2018 
and September 30, 2017 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

   (2) 

List of Exhibits 

Page 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49-63 

3.1 

3.2 

4  

10.1+

10.2+

10.3+

10.4+

10.5 

10.6+

10.7+

14 

Articles  of  Organization  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  for 
2005 on Form 10-KSB, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2005) 
By-laws  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on May 5, 1998) 
Rights Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2014, by and between the Company and American Stock Transfer 
&  Trust  Company,  as  Rights  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2014) 

  Employment Agreement, effective November 19, 1998, with Carl H. Guild, Jr. (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Annual Report for 1998 on Form 10-K, as amended, filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on December 21, 1998) 

  Employment Agreement, effective February 12, 2001, with Michael P. Malone (incorporated by reference to 

the Company’s Form 10-QSB filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2001) 

  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Carl  H.  Guild  Jr.,  as  of  November  8, 
2001  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-QSB  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on August 13, 2002) 

  2001 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-8, 

filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 28, 2001) 
Standard  Form  Commercial  Lease,  dated  March  27,  2014,  between  the  Company  and  Batstone  LLC 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  8-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
April 2, 2014) 

  2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-QSB filed with 

the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2005.) 

  2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed 

with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2010.) 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report for 2003 
on Form 10-KSB, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2004.) 
List of Subsidiaries of the Company  

21* 
23.1*  Consent of CohnReznick LLP  
23.2*  Consent of Moody, Famiglietti and Andronico, LLP  

42 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certifications of Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

31.1* 
31.2* 
32* 
101.INS  XBRL Report Instance Document 
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

Footnotes: 

*       Attached to this filing 
+       Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

 Item 16. 

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

Not applicable. 

43 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 

By:    /s/ Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

Chief Executive Officer and President 
Chairman of the Board, Director 

Date:  June 21, 2019 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date 

June 21, 2019 

June 21, 20199 

June 21, 2019 

June 21, 2019 

June 21, 2019 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 

/s/ Michael P. Malone 
Michael P. Malone 

/s/ Thomas E. Peoples 
Thomas E. Peoples 

/s/ Francisco F. Blanco 
Francisco F. Blanco 

/s/ Ralph M. Norwood 
Ralph M. Norwood 

Chief Executive Officer and President 
Chairman of the Board, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial 
and Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

44 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 

ASSETS 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Marketable securities: 

Held to maturity securities 

Accounts receivable - trade 
Inventories, net 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Equipment and leasehold improvements 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Customer deposits 
Deferred revenue 
Accrued liabilities: 

Compensation and related expenses 
Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) 

Stockholders' equity 

Common stock - par value $0.10 per share; 7,000,000 shares authorized, 1,850,403 

issued and outstanding at September 29, 2018 and 1,839,877 issued and 
outstanding at September 30, 2017 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 

Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

2018 

2017 
(As restated 
See Note 3) 

  $ 1,982,434     $ 1,283,673   
12,930   
-       

-       
559,493       

360,253   
730,177   
     1,368,696        1,358,344   
135,693   
     4,052,902        3,881,070   

142,279       

     4,578,501        4,534,839   
    (4,529,298 )     (4,481,085 ) 
53,754   

49,203       

  $ 4,102,105     $ 3,934,824   

  $  187,958     $  109,224   
53,886   
484,121   

35,628       
     2,106,514       

220,544       
18,405       
     2,569,049       

215,984   
55,376   
918,591   

185,041       

183,988   
     4,134,371        4,139,002   
    (2,786,356 )     (1,306,757 ) 
     1,533,056        3,016,233   

  $ 4,102,105     $ 3,934,824   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

45 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
      
        
    
  
  
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 

Net revenue 

Engineering services  
Equipment sales 

Total net revenue 

Cost of revenue 

Engineering services  
Equipment sales 

Total cost of revenue 
Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Product development 

Total operating expenses 

Operating loss 

Other income 

Investment income 

Total other income 

Net loss 

Net loss per common share 

Basic 
Diluted  

Weighted average shares 

Basic 
Diluted  

2018 

2017 
(As restated 
See Note 3) 

  $  3,236,135     $  784,337   
448,804        2,940,669   
     3,684,939        3,725,006   

     2,070,327       

487,164   
642,399        1,430,726   
     2,712,726        1,917,890   
972,213        1,807,116   

     1,941,175        2,144,532   
520,663        1,584,210   
     2,461,838        3,728,742   

    (1,489,625)       (1,921,626 ) 

10,026       
10,026       

8,499   
8,499   

  $ (1,479,599)     $ (1,913,127 ) 

  $ 
  $ 

(0.80)     $        (1.04 ) 
(0.80)     $        (1.04 ) 

     1,846,536        1,839,877   
     1,846,536        1,839,877   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

46 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
    
      
        
  
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 

Operating activities: 

Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:     

  $ (1,479,599)     $  (1,913,127 ) 

2018 

2017 
(As restated 
See Note 3)   

Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Adjustments to reduce inventory to net realizable value 
Amortization of premium on held to maturity securities 
Payment of tax on exercise of stock options 

Changes in current assets and current liabilities: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Deferred revenue 
Customer deposits 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

48,213       
30,292       
184,064       
10,253       
(33,870 )     

98,750   
14,996   
461,003   
25,585   
-   

170,684       
(194,416 )     
(6,586 )     
     1,622,393       
(18,258 )     
46,323       

(618,328 ) 
(175,425 ) 
2,537   
484,121   
(65,097 ) 
(57,282 ) 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

379,493       

(1,742,267 ) 

Investing activities: 

Additions to equipment and leasehold improvements 
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities 
Proceeds from sale of cost method investment – released from escrow 

Cash provided by investing activities 

(43,662 )     
350,000       
-       

(3,575 ) 
350,000   
75,817   

306,338       

422,242   

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year 

685,831       
     1,296,603       

(1,320,025 ) 
2,616,628   

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year 

  $  1,982,434     $  1,296,603   

Supplemental disclosures: 

Income taxes paid 

  $ 

-     $ 

856   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

47 

 
 
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
        
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
      
        
    
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
      
        
    
  
Technical Communications Corporation and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity 
Years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 

Stockholders' Equity 

Shares of common stock: 
Beginning balance 
Cashless exercise of stock options 

Ending balance 

Common stock at par value: 

Beginning balance 
Cashless exercise of stock options 

Ending balance 

Additional paid-in capital: 

Beginning balance 
Cashless exercise of stock options 
Cashless exercise of stock options to pay taxes 
Stock-based compensation 

Ending balance 

(Accumulated deficit) / Retained earnings: 

Beginning balance 
Net loss 

Ending balance 

Total stockholders’ equity 

2018 

2017 
As restated 
See Note 3)   

     1,839,877       
10,526       
     1,850,403       

1,839,877   
-   
1,839,877   

   $ 

183,988      $ 
1,053       
185,041       

183,988   
-   
183,988   

     4,139,002       
(1,053 )     
(33,870 )     
30,292       
     4,134,371       

4,124,006   
-   
-   
14,996   
4,139,002   

     (1,306,757 )     
     (1,479,599 )     
     (2,786,356 )     

606,370   
(1,913,127 ) 
(1,306,757 ) 

  $  1,533,056     $ 

3,016,233   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
 
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
  
  
    
    
        
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
    
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
    
      
        
    
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1)       Company Operations 

Technical  Communications  Corporation  (“TCC”)  was  incorporated  in  Massachusetts  in  1961;  its  wholly-
owned  subsidiary,  TCC  Investment  Corp.,  was  organized  in  that  jurisdiction  in  1982.  Technical 
Communications Corporation and TCC Investment Corp. are collectively referred to as the “Company”. The 
Company’s business consists of only one industry segment, which is the design, development, manufacture, 
distribution,  marketing  and  sale  of  communications  security  devices,  systems  and  services.  The  secure 
communications solutions provided by TCC protect vital information transmitted over a wide range of data, 
video, fax and voice networks. TCC’s products have been sold into a significant number of countries and are 
in  service  with  governments,  military  agencies,  telecommunications  carriers,  financial  institutions  and 
multinational corporations. 

Liquidity and Ability to Continue as a Going Concern 

The Company has suffered recurring losses from operations for the past seven years and had an accumulated 
deficit  of  $2,786,000  at  September  29,  2018.  These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company's 
ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  within  one  year  from  the  issuance  date  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Such  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not 
include any adjustments to reflect the uncertainty about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

The  Company  anticipates  that  its  principal  sources  of  liquidity  will  only  be  sufficient  to  fund  activities  to 
January 2020. In order to have sufficient cash to fund operations beyond that point, the Company will need to 
secure new customer contracts, raise additional equity or debt capital and reduce expenses, including payroll 
and payroll-related expenses.  

In order to have sufficient capital resources to fund operations, the Company has been working diligently to 
secure several large orders with new and existing customers. In addition, the Company is considering raising 
capital through equity or debt arrangements. Although it believes its ability to secure such new business and 
raise new capital is likely, it cannot provide assurances it will be able to do so.  

Should  the  Company  be  unsuccessful  in  these  efforts,  it  would  then  be  forced  to  implement  headcount 
reductions, employee furloughs and/or reduced hours for certain employees or cease operations completely. 

(2)       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The  Company  follows  accounting  standards  set  by  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board,  commonly 
referred  to  as  the  FASB.  The  FASB  sets  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”)  that  the 
Company  follows  to  ensure  it  consistently  reports  its  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  and  cash 
flows.  References  to  GAAP  issued  by  the  FASB  in  these  footnotes  are  to  the  FASB  Accounting  Standards 
CodificationTM, sometimes referred to as the Codification or ASC. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  TCC  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, TCC Investment  Corp., a Massachusetts corporation. All significant intercompany accounts and 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP in the United States requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant judgments and estimates include those related to 

49 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

revenue recognition, receivable reserves, inventory reserves, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes, 
fair value and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits at banks and other investments (including mutual funds) 
readily  convertible  into  cash.  Cash  equivalents  are  stated  at  cost,  which  approximates  market  value.  At 
September 30, 2017, the Company had restrictions on the use of certain cash, which was used as collateral to 
secure outstanding letters of  credit totaling $12,930. The Company had no restricted cash at September 29, 
2018. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts  receivable  are  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  amounts  that  management  believes  may  become 
uncollectible in the future. The estimated allowance for uncollectible amounts is based primarily on a specific 
analysis  of  accounts  in  the  receivable  portfolio  and  historical  write-off  experience.  When  the  financial 
condition  of  the  Company’s  customers  deteriorates,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make 
payments, additional allowances are recorded. In addition, if the  Company becomes aware of a customer’s 
inability to meet its financial obligations to TCC, a specific write-off is recorded in that amount. There was 
no allowance for doubtful accounts at September 29, 2018 or September 30, 2017. 

Inventories 

The  Company  values  its  inventory  at  the  lower  of  actual  cost  (based  on  the  first-in,  first-out  method)  to 
purchase and/or manufacture or net realizable value (based on estimated selling prices, less the cost to sell) of 
the  inventory.  The  Company  periodically  reviews  inventory  quantities  on  hand  and  records  a  provision  for 
excess  and/or  obsolete  inventory  based  primarily  on  our  estimated  forecast  of  product  demand,  as  well  as 
historical usage. The Company evaluates the carrying value of inventory on a quarterly basis to determine if 
the carrying value is recoverable at estimated selling prices. To the extent that estimated selling prices are less 
than  the  associated  carrying  values,  inventory  carrying  values  are  written  down.  In  addition,  the  Company 
makes  judgments  as  to  future  demand  requirements  and  compares  those  with  the  current  or  committed 
inventory levels. Reserves are established for inventory levels that exceed the Company’s judgment of future 
demand. It is possible that additional reserves above those already established may be required in the future if 
market conditions for the Company’s products should deteriorate. 

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 

Equipment  and  leasehold  improvements  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization. 
Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line  method over the lesser of the estimated 
useful life of the asset or the applicable lease term. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost 
and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain 
or  loss  is  recognized  in  operations  for  the  period.  The  costs  of  maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to 
operations as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. 

Long-lived Assets 

The  Company’s  only  long-lived  assets  are  equipment  and  leasehold  improvements.  Long-lived  assets  are 
reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset  may not be recoverable. These events include a significant decrease in the  market price of a long-
lived asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used or 
in  its  physical  condition,  a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  business  climate  that  could 
affect  the  value  of  a  long-lived  asset,  including  an  adverse  action  or  assessment  by  a  regulator,  an 
accumulation  of  costs  significantly  in  excess  of  the  amount  originally  expected  for  the  acquisition  or 
construction of a long-lived asset, a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of 

50 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

operating or cash flow losses, or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with 
the use of a long-lived asset, among other items. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a 
comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to 
be generated by such asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash 
flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value 
of the asset. There  were  no events or changes in circumstances that required the  Company  to review long-
lived assets for impairment during fiscal years 2018. Although an indicator of impairment of our long-lived 
assets did exist at September 30, 2017, the Company determined that no impairment charge was required as 
an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows was sufficient to recover the assets. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company’s engineering services revenue is derived from performing funded research and development 
and technology development for commercial companies and government agencies primarily under fixed-price 
contracts.  On  fixed-price  contracts  that  are  expected  to  exceed  one  year  in  duration,  revenue  is  recognized 
pursuant  to  the  proportional  performance  method  based  upon  the  proportion  of  actual  costs  incurred  to  the 
total  estimated  costs  for  the  contract.  The  Company  receives  periodic  progress  payments  and  it  retains  the 
rights to the intellectual property developed in government contracts. 

The Company recognizes equipment sales revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the 
fee is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product and passage of title to the customer has occurred and the 
Company  has  determined  that  collection  of  the  fee  is  probable.  Title  to  the  product  generally  passes  upon 
shipment  of  the  product,  as  the  products  are  shipped  freight  on  board  shipping  point,  except  for  certain 
foreign shipments where title passes upon entry of the product into the first port in the buyer’s country. If the 
product requires installation to be performed by TCC or other acceptance criteria exist, all revenue related to 
the  product  is  deferred  and  recognized  upon  completion  of  the  installation  or  satisfaction  of  the  customer 
acceptance  criteria.  The  Company  provides  for  a  warranty  reserve  at  the  time  the  product  revenue  is 
recognized. 

As of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, billings in excess of revenues were recorded as deferred 
revenue in relation to contracts based on proportional performance of $2,107,000 and $484,000, respectively. 
Deferred  revenue  represents  the  cumulative  difference  between  the  amounts  billed  and  revenue  recognized 
for services performed. 

All  payments  to  the  Company  for  work  performed  on  contracts  with  agencies  of  the  U.S.  government  are 
subject to audit and adjustment by the Defense Contract Audit Agency, the U.S. Government Accountability 
Office  and  other  agencies.  Adjustments  are  recognized  in  the  period  made.  There  have  been  no  audits  in 
recent years and the Company believes the result of such audits, should they occur, would not have a material 
adverse  effect  on  its  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.  If  the  current  estimates  of  total  contract 
revenue and contract costs for a product development contract indicate a loss, a provision for the entire loss 
on the contract is recorded. Any losses incurred in performing funded research and development projects are 
recognized as funded research and development expenses. 

Costs incurred in connection with funded research and development are included in cost of revenue. Product 
development  costs  are  charged  to  billable  engineering  services,  bid  and  proposal  efforts  or  business 
development activities, as appropriate. Product development costs charged to billable projects are recorded as 
cost of revenue; engineering costs charged to bid and proposal efforts are recorded as selling expenses; and 
product  development  costs  charged  to  business  development  activities  are  recorded  as marketing  expenses. 
Product  development  costs  consist  primarily  of  costs  associated  with  personnel,  outside  contractor  and 
engineering services, supplies and materials. Cost of product revenue includes material, labor and overhead. 

Revenue for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2018 consists of $3,236,000 from engineering services and 
$449,000  from  equipment  sales  compared  to  $784,000  from  engineering  services  and  $2,940,000  from 
equipment sales for the year ended September 30, 2017. 

51 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  measured  at  the  grant  date  based  on  the  calculated  fair  value  of  the 
award. The expense is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period, generally the vesting period 
of the award. The related excess tax benefit received upon the exercise of stock options, if any, is reflected in 
the  Company’s  statement  of  cash  flows  as  an  operating  activity.  There  were  no  excess  tax  benefits  for  the 
fiscal years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017. 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the method for determining the estimated fair 
value  of  its  stock  awards.  The  Black-Scholes  method  of  valuation  requires  several  assumptions:  (1)  the 
expected term of the stock award, (2) the expected future stock price volatility over the expected term, (3) a 
risk-free interest rate and (4) the expected dividend rate. The expected term represents the expected period of 
time  the  Company  believes  the  options  will  be  outstanding  based  on  historical  information.  Estimates  of 
expected future stock price volatility are based on the historic volatility of the Company’s common stock and 
the risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury Note rate. The Company utilizes a forfeiture rate based 
on  an  analysis  of  its  actual  experience.  The  forfeiture  rate  is  not  material  to  the  calculation  of  stock-based 
compensation. 

The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated with the following assumptions: 

Assumptions: 
Option life (years) 
Risk-free interest rate 
Stock volatility 
Dividend yield 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   

6.5        
2.8 %     
85 %     
0 %     

6.5   
2.0 % 
72 % 
0 % 

There  were  20,500  and  14,000  options  granted  during  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  29,  2018  and 
September 30, 2017, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the 
years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017 was $4.55 and $1.66, respectively. The following 
table  summarizes  stock-based  compensation  costs  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of 
operations for the years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017: 

Selling, general and administrative 
Product development 
Total stock-based compensation expense before taxes 

2018 

2017 

24,939     $ 
5,353       
30,292     $ 

13,910   
1,086   
14,996   

  $ 

  $ 

As  of  September  29,  2018  there  was  $116,675  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  options 
outstanding. The unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining requisite service 
period.  As  of  September  29,  2018  the  weighted  average  period  over  which  the  compensation  expense  is 
expected to be recognized is 3.85 years. 

The  Technical  Communications  Corporation  2005  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option  Plan  and  2010  Equity 
Incentive Plan were outstanding at September 29, 2018. There are an aggregate of 600,000 shares authorized 
for issuance under these plans, of which options to purchase 227,137 shares were outstanding at September 
29, 2018. Vesting periods are at the discretion of the Board of Directors and typically range between zero and 
five years. Options under these plans are granted with an exercise price equal to fair value at time of grant and 
have a term of ten years from the date of grant. 

As  of  September  29,  2018,  there  were  224,563  shares  available  for  grant  under  the  2010  Equity  Incentive 
Plan. The 2005 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan has expired and options are  no longer available  for  grant 
under such plan. 

52 

 
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
   
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

The following tables summarize stock option activity during fiscal years 2017 and 2018: 

Options Outstanding 

Number of Shares 

    Weighted Average       

    Unvested       Vested        Total         Exercise Price 

Weighted Average 
Contractual Life    
(years) 

Outstanding, October 1, 2016 
Grants 
Vested 
Exercises 
Cancellations/forfeitures 

     26,700       216,981       243,681     $ 
-        14,000       
     14,000       
-       
-       
(600 )     (10,800 )     (11,400 )     

(5,900 )      5,900       
-       

-       

Outstanding, September 30, 2017      34,200       212,081       246,281     $ 
-        20,500       
Grants 
Vested 
-       
-       (31,800 )     (31,800 )     
Exercises 
-        (7,844 )      (7,844 )     
Cancellations/forfeitures 

     20,500       
     (10,000 )      10,000       

Outstanding, September 29, 2018      44,700       182,437       227,137     $ 

8.69       
2.50       
3.61       
-       
8.24       

8.36       
6.22       
3.25       
5.60       
9.68       

8.50       

4.57   

3.95   

3.76   

Information related to the stock options vested or expected to vest as of September 29, 2018 is as follows: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

Number of 
Shares 

  $3.00     
$2.01    - 
  $4.00     
$3.01    - 
$4.01    - 
  $5.00     
$5.01    -     $10.00     
$10.01    -     $15.00     

25,200       
6,000       
30,500       
51,000       
114,437       
227,137       

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years)       
7.90     $ 
9.85       
3.55       
5.06       
2.01       
3.76     $ 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price       
2.69       
3.80       
4.55       
7.80       
11.40       
8.50       

Exercisable 
Number of 
Shares 

Exercisable 
Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price   
2.75   
3.80   
4.66   
8.02   
11.40   
9.50   

5,600     $ 
1,200       
24,500       
36,700       
114,437       
182,437     $ 

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  the  Company’s  “in-the-money”  outstanding  and  exercisable  options  was 
$13,625 as of September 29, 2018 and $14,140 as of September 30, 2017. There were 31,800 stock options 
exercised during the year ended September 29, 2018 with a total intrinsic value of $140,350 and none during 
the  year  ended  September  30,  2017.  Nonvested  common  stock  options  are  subject  to  the  risk  of  forfeiture 
until the fulfillment of specified conditions. 

Income Taxes 

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  using  the  asset/liability  method.  Under  the  asset/liability  method, 
deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  at  current  income  tax  rates  to  reflect  the  tax  effect  of  temporary 
differences  between  the  consolidated  financial  reporting  basis  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities.  The 
Company  provides  a  valuation  allowance,  if  necessary,  to  reduce  deferred  tax  assets  to  their  estimated 
realizable value. 

The  Company  follows  the  appropriate  guidance  relative  to  uncertain  tax  positions.  This  standard  provides 
detailed  guidance  for  the  financial  statement  recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of  uncertain  tax 
positions recognized in the financial statements. Uncertain tax positions must meet a recognition threshold of 

53 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
    
      
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

more-likely-than-not in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. There were 
no uncertain tax positions as of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017. 

Warranty Costs 

The  Company  provides  for  estimated  warranty  costs  at  the  time  product  revenue  is  recognized  based  upon 
historical experience. 

Fair Value of Financial Measurements 

In determining fair value measurements, the Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC 820, Fair Value 
Measurements  and  Disclosures.  FASB  ASC  820  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a  framework  for  measuring 
fair  value  under  GAAP,  and  enhances  disclosures  about  fair  value  measurements.  The  topic  provides  a 
consistent definition of fair value that focuses on an exit price, which is the price that would be received to 
sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the 
measurement date.  The topic also prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based 
information  over  entity-specific  information  and  establishes  a  three-level  hierarchy  for  fair  value 
measurements  based  on  the  nature  of  inputs  used  in  the  valuation  of  an  asset  or  liability  as  of  the 
measurement date. The three level hierarchy is as follows: 

Level 1 -   Pricing inputs are quoted prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of 

the measurement date. 

Level 2 -   Pricing inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, or inputs that are  observable, 
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term through corroboration with observable 
market data. 

Level 3 -   Pricing  inputs  are  unobservable  for  the  assets  and  liabilities,  that  is,  inputs  that  reflect  the 
reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  market  participants  would  use  in 
pricing the asset or liability. 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. 
In such cases, an asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input 
that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company’s  assessment  of  the  significance  of  a 
particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific 
to the asset or liability. 

The Company’s held to maturity securities are comprised of investments in municipal bonds. These securities 
represent  ownership  in  individual  bonds  in  municipalities  within  the  United  States.  The  value  of  these 
securities is disclosed in Note 5. The Company’s available for sale securities consist of mutual funds held in 
money market mutual funds in a brokerage account, which are classified as cash equivalents and measured at 
fair value. 

The Company assesses the levels of the investments at each measurement date, and transfers between levels 
are  recognized  on  the  actual  date  of  the  event  or  change  in  circumstances  that  caused  the  transfer  in 
accordance  with  the  Company’s  accounting  policy  regarding  the  recognition  of  transfers  between  levels  of 
the fair value hierarchy.  During the  fiscal  years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, there 
were no transfers between levels. 

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis as of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, in accordance with the fair value hierarchy 
as defined above. As of September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, the Company did not hold any assets 
classified as Level 2 or Level 3. 

54 

 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

September 30, 2017 

Mutual funds: 
Money market funds 
Total mutual funds 

Total assets 

September 29, 2018 

Mutual funds: 
Money market funds 
Total mutual funds 

Total assets 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Total 

  $  851,195     $ 
     851,195       

851,195     
851,195     

  $  851,195     $ 

851,195     

  $ 1,020,039     $ 
     1,020,039       

1,020,039      
1,020,039      

  $ 1,020,039     $ 

1,020,039       

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at September 29, 2018 or 
September 30, 2017. 

Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS) 

The Company presents both a “basic” and a “diluted” EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income 
(loss)  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  period.  In 
computing diluted EPS, stock options that are dilutive (those that reduce earnings per share) are included in 
the  calculation  of  EPS  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  The  exercise  of  outstanding  stock  options  is  not 
included if the result would be antidilutive, such as when a net loss is reported for the period or the option 
exercise price is greater than the average market price for the period presented. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are included in product development expenses in the consolidated statements 
of  operations.  Expenditures  for  Company-sponsored  research  and  development  projects  are  expensed  as 
incurred  and  were  $520,662  and  $1,584,210  in  fiscal  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  Customer-sponsored 
research and development projects performed under contracts are accounted for as contract costs as the work 
is  performed  and  included  in  cost  of  revenue;  such  amounts  were  $2,027,944  and  $437,000  in  fiscal  years 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Fiscal Year-End Policy 

The Company’s by-laws call for its fiscal year to end on the Saturday closest to the last day of September, 
unless otherwise decided by its Board of Directors. The 2018 fiscal year ended on September 29, 2018 and 
included 52 weeks. The 2017 fiscal year ended on September 30, 2017 and included 52 weeks. 

55 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
        
      
  
    
        
      
  
    
        
      
    
        
      
  
    
        
      
    
        
      
  
    
        
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, amended by ASU 2015-14 (Topic 606), ASU 2016-
10, ASU 2016-11 and ASU 2016-12 

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on the principles 
for  recognizing  revenue  and  developing  a  common  revenue  standard  for  U.S.  GAAP  and  International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards  that  would:  (1)  remove  inconsistencies  and  weaknesses  in  revenue 
requirements, (2) provide a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues, (3) improve comparability 
of  revenue  recognition  practices  across  entities,  industries,  jurisdictions,  and  capital  markets,  (4)  provide 
more useful information to users of financial statements through improved disclosure requirements, and (5) 
simplify the preparation of financial statements by reducing the  number of requirements to which an entity 
must  refer.  This  guidance  is  effective  prospectively  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December 
15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period.  Early  adoption  is  not  permitted.  The 
Company  is currently evaluating the impact of this  guidance and is  still considering  whether it  will have a 
material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This guidance became effective for the 
Company as of the beginning of the 2019 fiscal year. 

Equipment  Sales  Revenue  The  deliverables  under  the  previous  guidance  are  consistent  with  performance 
obligations  identified  under  ASC  606.  Under  ASC  606,  the  Company  continued  to  allocate  the  transaction 
price  between  the  elements  and  performance  obligations  within  the  contract.  Revenue  recognition  for  the 
performance  obligations  accounted  for  under  ASC  606  was  consistent  with  current  guidance  given  the 
transfer of control of the promised goods or services follows the same pattern. As such, the adoption of ASC 
606 will not result in a material impact on revenue recognition. 

Engineering Services Revenue The deliverables under the previous guidance are consistent with performance 
obligations identified under ASC 606. The adoption of ASC 606 did not result in a change to the timing of 
revenue recognition for this type of contract as the standard requires revenues to be estimated and recognized 
upon  transfer  of  the  promised  goods  and  services.  As  such,  the  adoption  of  ASC  606  will  not  result  in  a 
material impact on revenue recognition. 

ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance with respect to inventory measurement. This ASU requires inventory 
to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The provisions of this ASU became effective for 
fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2016,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  The 
amendment  is  required  to  be  applied  prospectively,  and  early  adoption  is  permitted.  This  guidance  was 
adopted by the Company in the first quarter of its 2018 fiscal year; the adoption of this standard did not have 
a material impact on the financial statements. 

ASU No. 2016-02, Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance with respect to leases. This ASU requires entities to recognize 
right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  on  its  balance  sheet  and  disclose  key  information  about  leasing 
arrangements. This guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback 
transactions.  Lessees  and  lessors  are  required  to  disclose  qualitative  and  quantitative  information  about 
leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty 

of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning 
after December  15,  2018,  including  interim  periods  within  that  reporting  period,  and  requires  a  modified 
retrospective  adoption,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  potential 
impact  this  standard  will  have  on  the  financial  statements  and  related  disclosure  and  believe  that  the  most 
notable impact to the financial statements upon adoption will be the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a 
lease liability for the leased facility in Concord, MA. The Company expects to adopt this standard during its 
fiscal year 2020. 

56 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for  employee 
share-based payment transactions for both public and nonpublic entities, including the accounting for income 
taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash 
flows. The new guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim 
periods within those fiscal years. This guidance was adopted by the Company in the first quarter of its 2018 
fiscal year; the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the financial statements. 

ASU No. 2016-18, Restricted Cash Presentation on Statement of Cash Flows 

In November 2016, the FASB issued guidance in regards to additional disclosure surrounding restricted cash 
activity. The amendments in this update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the 
period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted 
cash  equivalents.  Therefore,  amounts  generally  described  as  restricted  cash  and  restricted  cash  equivalents 
should  be  included  with  cash  and  cash  equivalents  when  reconciling  the  beginning-of-period  and  end-of-
period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is 
permitted. Accordingly, restricted cash has been grouped with cash and cash equivalents on the statements of 
cash flows, and results for the year ended September 30, 2017 have been retrospectively reclassified. 

Other  recent  accounting  pronouncements  were  issued  by  the  FASB  (including  its  Emerging  Issues  Task 
Force) and the SEC during fiscal 2018 but such pronouncements are not believed by management to have a 
material impact on the Company’s present or future financial statements. 

(3)   Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements and Adoption of New Accounting Standards 

The Company has restated its consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 
30, 2017. 

The  restatement  reflects  adjustments  to  correct  an  error  in  the  Company’s  revenue  recognition  for  a  service 
contract.  The  correction  reflects  an  adjustment  that  was  identified  during  the  Company’s  annual  audit  and 
during  the  course  of  a  subsequent  review  by  management. The  error  was  the  result  of  a  misinterpretation  of 
ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. After review, management determined that the Company had misapplied 
the  proportional  performance  accounting  principle  for  its  2017  fiscal  year,  requiring  a  change  in  the  revenue 
recognition for a services contract. Specifically,  management concluded the  Company should have  taken into 
consideration, at inception, the ramp up period and the significant backloading of costs and resources needed for 
the contract. The output method chosen in fiscal year 2017 did not accurately reflect the appropriate value of 
progress  to  the  customer.  It  has  been  determined  subsequently  that  revenue  should  be  measured  based  on  an 
input method that utilizes the costs to be incurred by the Company to perform under the contract rather than the 
output method originally used. The Company believes the costs incurred each month compared to the total costs 
to be incurred better represents the level of effort being expended as the Company performs over time. 

The effects of the restatements on the Company’s financial statements and related footnotes for the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2017 are described below. 

57 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

Correction of error in the application of the Company’s revenue recognition policy 

Balance Sheet 
Deferred revenue 
Accumulated deficit 

Statement of Operations 
Net revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating loss 
Net loss 
Net loss per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 

Statement of cash flows 
Net loss 
Changes in current assets and current liabilities – 

Deferred revenue 

Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity 

Accumulated deficit 

Net loss 
Ending balance 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Footnote 10 Income Taxes 
Reconciliation of statutory federal income tax rate: 
Tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory rate 
State income tax provision, net of federal benefit 
Valuation allowance 
Deferred income taxes: 
Deferred revenue 
Valuation allowance 

    As reported       Adjustment       As adjusted   

  $ 

-     $ 
(822,636 )     

484,121     $ 
(484,121 )     

484,121   
(1,306,757 ) 

  $  4,209,127     $ 
2,291,237       
(1,437,505 )     
(1,429,006 )     

(484,121 )   $  3,725,006   
1,807,116   
(484,121 )     
(1,921,626 ) 
(484,121 )     
(1,913,127 ) 
(484,121 )     

(0.78 )     
(0.78 )     

(0.26 )     
(0.26 )     

(1.04 ) 
(1.04 ) 

  $  (1,429,006 )   $ 

(484,121 )   $  (1,913,127 ) 

-       

484,121       

484,121   

  $  (1,429,006 )   $ 
(822,636 )     
3,500,354       

(484,121 )   $  (1,913,127 ) 
(1,306,757 ) 
(484,121 )     
3,016,233   
(484,121 )     

  $ 

(485,862 )   $ 
(81,630 )     
613,050       

(164,601 )   $ 
(23,370 )     
187,970       

(650,463 ) 
(105,000 ) 
801,020   

-       
  $  (4,723,406 )   $ 

187,970       
187,970   
(187,970 )   $  (4,911,376 ) 

Adoption of new accounting standard - ASU 2016-18 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.  

Restricted  cash  is  appropriately  reflected  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements,  as  the  Company  was 
required to apply the new accounting standard retrospectively to all periods presented. 

The adoption of ASU 2016-18 Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash 

    As reported 

      Adjustment        As adjusted 

Statement of Cash Flows 
Decrease in restricted cash 
Cash provided by investing activities 
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of the 
beginning of the year 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of the end of  
the year 

  $ 

14,662     $ 
436,904       
(1,305,363 )     

(14,662 )   $ 
(14,662 )     
(14,662 )     

-   
422,242   
(1,320,025 ) 

2,589,036       

27,592       

2,616,628   

1,283,673       

12,930       

1,296,603   

58 

 
 
  
  
  
    
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

Change in Presentation 

The presentation of net revenue on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended 
September  30,  2017  has  been  changed  to  separately  reflect  the  engineering  services  and  equipment  sales 
components in conformity with the presentation for the year ended September 29, 2018. 

(4) Net Loss Per Share 

Outstanding potentially dilutive stock options,  which  were not included in the  net loss  per share amounts as their 
effect would have been anti-dilutive, were 227,137 and 246,281 shares in fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

(5) Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments  with  an original  maturity of three  months or less to be cash 
equivalents.  Substantially  all  cash  equivalents  are  invested  in  money  market  mutual  funds.  Money  market  mutual 
funds held in a brokerage account are considered available for sale. The Company accounts for marketable securities 
in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  320,  Investments—Debt  and  Equity  Securities.  All  marketable  securities  must  be 
classified  as  one  of  the  following:  held  to  maturity,  available  for  sale,  or  trading.  The  Company  classifies  its 
marketable securities as either available for sale or held to maturity. 

Available  for  sale  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  holding  gains  and  losses  reported  in 
stockholders’ equity as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Held to maturity 
securities are carried at amortized cost. The cost of securities sold is determined based on the specific identification 
method.  Realized  gains  and  losses,  and  declines  in  value  judged  to  be  other  than  temporary,  are  included  in 
investment income. 

As of September 29, 2018, cash equivalents consisted of the following: 

     Cost 

     Accrued      
       Interest 

Gross Unrealized 

       Gains 

       Losses 

    Estimated   
      Fair Value   

Money market mutual funds 

  $  1,020,039     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

-     $  1,020,039   

As of September 30, 2017, cash equivalents consisted of the following: 

     Cost 

     Accrued      
       Interest 

Gross Unrealized 

       Gains 

       Losses 

    Estimated   
      Fair Value   

Money market mutual funds 

  $ 

851,195     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 

851,195   

The Company did not have any held to maturity securities at September 29, 2018. As of September 30, 2017, held to 
maturity securities consisted of the following: 

Cost 

Accrued 
Interest 

Amortization 
Bond 
Premium 

Amortized 
Cost 

Unrealized 
Gains 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Municipal bonds 

  $ 

412,366     $ 

6,986     $ 

59,099     $ 

360,253     $ 

216     $ 

360,469   

The contractual maturities of held to maturity securities at September 30, 2017 were all within one year. 

59 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

(6) Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following: 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   

Finished goods 
Work in process 
Raw materials and supplies 
Total inventories 

  $ 

  $ 

-     $ 
356,278       
1,012,418       
1,368,696     $ 

20,759   
383,216   
954,369   
1,358,344   

As  a  result  of  changes  in  the  market  for  certain  Company  products  and  the  resulting  excess  quantities,  carrying 
amounts for those inventories were reduced by approximately $184,000 and $461,000 during the fiscal years ended 
September 29, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. These inventory write-downs have been reflected in cost 
of goods sold in the statements of operations. Management believes that these reductions properly reflect inventory 
at  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value,  and  no  additional  losses  will  be  incurred  upon  disposition  of  the  excess 
quantities.  While  it  is  at  least  reasonably  possible  that  the  estimate  will  change  materially  in  the  near  term,  no 
estimate can be made of the range of additional loss that is at least possible. 

(7) Equipment and Leasehold Improvements 

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following: 

Engineering and manufacturing equipment 
Demonstration equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Automobile 

September 29, 
2018 

September 30, 
2017 

  $  2,168,148     $  2,124,486     
845,541     
1,020,862     
49,441     

845,541       
1,020,862       
49,441       

3 

Estimated 
Useful Life (years) 
-  8 
3 
-  8 
5 

3 

Leasehold improvements 
Total equipment and leasehold improvements 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net 

494,509       
4,578,501       
(4,529,298 )     
49,203     $ 

  $ 

Lesser of useful life  
or term of lease 

494,509     
4,534,839     
(4,481,085 )   
53,754     

Depreciation expense was $48,213 and $98,750 for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2018 and September 30, 
2017, respectively. 

(8) Leases 

On  April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a lease for its current  facilities. This lease  is located at 100 Domino 
Drive, Concord, MA. The Company has been a tenant in this space since 1983. This is the Company’s only facility 
and houses all manufacturing, research and development, and corporate operations. The initial term of the lease is 
for five years through March 31, 2019 at an annual rate of $171,000. In addition, the lease contains options to extend 
the lease for two and one half years through September 30, 2021 and another two and one half years through March 
31,  2024  at  an  annual  rate  of  $171,000.  Rent  expense  for  each  of  the  years  ended  September  29,  2018  and 
September 30, 2017 was $171,000. On September 25, 2018, the Company exercised its option to renew the lease 
through September 30, 2021. Future  minimum lease payments  under the remainder of this lease total $513,000 at 
September 29, 2018 (payable at $171,000 in 2019, $171,000 in 2020 and $171,000 in 2021). 

(9) Warranty 

The Company's products generally carry a standard 15 month warranty. The Company records a reserve based on 
anticipated  warranty  claims  at  the  time  product  revenue  is  recognized.  Factors  that  affect  the  Company's  product 
warranty liability include the number of installed units, the anticipated cost of warranty repairs and historical and  

60 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

anticipated  rates  of  warranty  claims.  The  warranty  reserve  is  included  in  other  current  liabilities  on  the  balance 
sheet. 

The following table reflects changes in the Company's accrued warranty account: 

Beginning balance 
Plus: accruals related to new sales 
Less: payments and adjustments to prior period accruals 

Ending balance 

(10) Income Taxes 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   
6,600   
  $ 
14,446   
(5,135 ) 

15,911     $ 
2,204       
(14,803 )     

  $ 

3,312     $ 

15,911   

The income tax expense (benefit) is different from what would be obtained by applying the statutory federal income 
tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes due to the following: 

September 29, 2018 
       Percent 

     Amount 

September 30, 2017 
       Percent 

        Amount 

Tax expense (benefit) at U.S. statutory 
rate 
State income tax provision, net of federal 
benefit 
Change in state income tax rate 
Change in federal income tax rate 
Other 
Valuation allowance 

  $ 

(362,946)       

(24.5 %)   $ 

(650,463 )     

(34.0 %) 

(70,523 )     
(41,961 )     
     1,443,180       
(49,462 )     
(918,288 )     

(4.8 %)     
(2.8 %)     
97.5 %     
(3.3 %)     
(62.1 %)     

(105,000 )     
563       
-       
(46,120 )     
801,020       

(5.5 %) 
-   
-   
(2.4 %) 
41.9 % 

Total income tax expense (benefit) 

  $ 

-       

-   

  $ 

-       

-   

Deferred income taxes consist of the following: 

Inventory differences 
Net operating losses 
Deferred revenue 
Stock based compensation 
Tax credits 
Other 
Total 
Less: valuation allowance 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   
1,668,529   
  $ 
2,287,412   
187,970   
218,846   
247,989   
300,630   
4,911,376   
(4,911,376 ) 

1,206,040     $ 
1,554,615       
568,917       
116,149       
374,239       
173,128       
3,993,088       
(3,993,088 )     

Total 

  $ 

-     $ 

-   

On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “TCJA”)  was  signed  into  law  in  the  United  States.  The 
TCJA reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from the 34% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. As 
a result of the newly enacted law, the Company was required to revalue all deferred tax assets and liabilities existing 
as of December 31, 2017 to reflect the reduction in the federal tax rate. This revaluation resulted in a reduction to the 
Company’s  deferred  tax  asset  of  $1.4  million,  with  a  corresponding  reduction  to  the  Company’s  valuation 
allowance. Consequently, there was no impact on the accompanying consolidated financial statements that resulted 
from the reduction in the federal tax rate. Other relevant provisions of the TCJA did not have a material impact on 
the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

During fiscal year 2014, the Company established a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The valuation 
allowance is related to uncertainty with respect to the Company’s ability to realize its deferred tax assets. Deferred 
tax  assets  consist  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  tax  credits,  inventory  differences  and  other  temporary 
differences. During fiscal year 2018, the change in the valuation allowance was $918,288 and related primarily to  
the TCJA. During fiscal year 2017, the change in the valuation allowance was $801,020 and related primarily to the 
net operating loss and inventory differences. 

Due  to  the  nature  of  the  Company’s  current  operations  in  foreign  countries  (selling  products  into  these  countries 
with the assistance of local representatives), the Company has not been subject to any foreign taxes in recent years. 
Also, it is not anticipated that the Company will be subject to foreign taxes in the near future. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in the states of Massachusetts and New 
Hampshire. For U.S. federal purposes, the tax years 2015 through 2017 and for state purposes 2014 through 2017 
remain  open  to  examination.  In  addition,  the  amount  of  the  Company’s  federal  and  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards  utilized  in  prior  periods  may  be  subject  to  examination  and  adjustment.  The  Company  has  federal 
research credits of $245,016 available through fiscal year 2038 and net operating loss carryforwards of $5,889,175 
available  through  fiscal  year  2038.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  Massachusetts  research  credits  of  $163,136 
available through fiscal year 2033 and net operating loss carryforwards of $5,029,887 available through fiscal year 
2038. 

(11) Employee Benefit Plans 

The  Company  has  a  qualified,  contributory,  profit  sharing  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees.  The 
Company’s  policy  is  to  fund  contributions  as  they  are  accrued.  The  contributions  are  allocated  based  on  the 
employee’s proportionate share of total compensation. The Company’s contributions to the plan are determined by 
the  Board  of  Directors  and  are  subject  to  other  specified  limitations.  There  were  no  Company  profit  sharing 
contributions during fiscal years 2018 or 2017. The Company's matching contributions were $67,750 and $74,130 in 
fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The  Company  has  an  Executive  Incentive  Bonus  Plan  for  the  benefit  of  key  management  employees.  The  bonus 
pool  is  determined  based  on  the  Company’s  performance  as  defined  by  the  plan.  Under  the  plan,  there  were  no 
bonuses earned, accrued or paid to eligible employees at September 29, 2018 or September 30, 2017. 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies 

At September 30, 2017, the Company had two outstanding letters of credit in the amounts of $11,730 and $1,200, 
which were secured by collateralized bank accounts totaling $12,930. At September 29, 2018, the Company had no 
outstanding letters of credit. 

The  Company  maintains  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  bank  deposit  accounts  and  money  market  mutual  funds 
that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts 
and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities. 

(13) Major Customers and Export Revenue 

In  fiscal  year  2018,  the  Company  had  one  customer  representing  87%  of  total  net  revenue  and  at  September  29, 
2018  had  one  customer  representing  95%  of  accounts  receivable.  In  fiscal  year  2017,  the  Company  had  two 
customers  representing  89%  (68%  and  21%)  of  total  net  revenue  and  at  September  30,  2017  had  two  customers 
representing 98% (82% and 16%) of accounts receivable. 

62 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

A breakdown of net revenue is as follows: 

Domestic 
Foreign 

Total Revenue 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   
3,363,994   
  $ 
361,012   

3,422,545     $ 
262,394       

  $ 

3,684,939     $ 

3,725,006   

A summary of foreign sales, as a percentage of total foreign revenue, by geographic area, is as follows: 

Mid-East and Africa 
Far East 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   
92.8 % 
7.2 % 

65.8 %     
34.2 %     

The Company sold products to customers located in four countries during the year ended September 29, 2018 and to 
customers  located  in  six  countries  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2017.  A  sale  is  attributed  to  a  foreign 
country based on the location of the contracting party. Domestic revenue may include the sale of products shipped 
through domestic resellers or manufacturers to international destinations. The table below summarizes our foreign 
revenues by country as a percentage of total foreign revenue. 

Egypt 
Jordan 
Saudi Arabia 
Philippines 
Other 

(14) Shareholder Rights Plan 

    September 29, 2018       September 30, 2017   
32.5 % 
29.3 % 
28.0 % 
2.8 % 
7.4 % 

14.8 %     
5.0 %     
46.0 %     
34.2 %     
-        

On  August  7,  2014,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  adopted  a  Stockholder  Rights  Plan  to  replace  the 
Company's former plan, which had expired on August 5, 2014.  The new plan is substantially similar to the former 
plan, and  was not adopted in response to any  specific  takeover threat.  In adopting the  plan, the Board declared a 
dividend  distribution  of  one  common  stock  purchase  right  for  each  outstanding  share  of  common  stock  of  the 
Company, payable to stockholders of record at the close of business on August 18, 2014. Until the rights become 
exercisable, which occurs with certain exceptions when a person or affiliated group acquires 15% or more of TCC's 
common  stock,  they  will  trade  automatically  with  the  common  stock  and  separate  rights  certificates  will  not  be 
issued.  Each  right,  once  exercisable,  will  entitle  the  holder  (other  than  rights  owned  by  the  acquiring  person  or 
group) to buy one share of the common stock at a price of $25 per share, subject to certain adjustments.  The rights 
can generally be redeemed by the Company at $.001 per right at any time prior to the close of business on the tenth 
business day after there has been a public announcement of the acquisition of beneficial ownership by any person or 
group of 15% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock, subject to certain exceptions. The rights will 
expire on August 6, 2024 unless earlier redeemed. 

(15) Cost Method Investment 

On October 30, 2014, the Company made an investment of $275,000 to purchase 11,000 shares of common stock of 
PulsedLight,  Inc.,  an  early  stage  start-up  company  located  in  Bend,  Oregon.  The  investment  represented  a  10.8% 
ownership  stake  in  the  company  at  the  time  of  purchase  and  was  accounted  for  utilizing  the  cost  method  of 
accounting. On January 12, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its shares in PulsedLight. The net 
proceeds to the  Company after closing costs and certain liabilities amounted to $737,283, of  which the  Company 
received $661,466 at closing and of which $75,817 was deposited in an escrow account in accordance with the terms 
of the sale that required 10% of the proceeds to be held in escrow for one year. The escrow balance was received by 
the Company in January 2017. 

63 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and 

Stockholders of Technical Communications Corporation: 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation  and 
Subsidiary  (the  Company)  as  of  September  29,  2018,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  cash 
flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as 
the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of September 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year 
ended  September  29,  2018,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America. 

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue 
as  a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  suffered 
recurring  losses  from  operations  and  has  an  accumulated  deficit  of  $2,786,356  at  September  29,  2018.  These 
conditions  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Management’s 
evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding those matters are also described in Note 
1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this 
uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, 
an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audit,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of  material  misstatement of the  financial statements, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audit 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 

/s/ CohnReznick LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018. 

Boston, Massachusetts 

June 21, 2019 

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Technical Communications Corporation: 
Concord, Massachusetts 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation  and 
subsidiary  (the  “Company”)  as  of  September  30,  2017,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are 
the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated 
financial statements based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  The  Company  is  not  required  to 
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included 
consideration  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  basis  for  designing  audit  procedures  that  are 
appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion.  An  audit  also 
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as 
evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial  position  of  Technical  Communications  Corporation  and  subsidiary  as  of  September  30,  2017,  and  the 
results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  Technical  Communications 
Corporation and subsidiary will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial 
statements,  the  Company  has  an  accumulated  deficit,  has  suffered  significant  net  losses  and  negative  cash  flows 
from operations and has limited working capital that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going 
concern.  Management’s  plans  in  regard  to  these  matters  are  also  described  in  Note  1.  The  consolidated  financial 
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the 2017 consolidated financial statements have 
been restated to correct a misstatement and reflect the adoption of Accounting Standard Update 2016-18 Statement 
of Cash Flows (topic 230): Restricted Cash. 

/s/ Moody, Famiglietti & Andronico, LLP 

Tewksbury, Massachusetts 
December 29, 2017, except for Note 3, for which the date is June 21, 2019 

65 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
66 

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 
AS OF AUGUST 2019 

OFFICERS 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer 

Michael P. Malone 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Treasurer 

David A. White, Esquire 
Secretary 
Partner, White, White & Van Etten PC 

DIRECTORS 
Carl H. Guild, Jr. 
Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer, TCC 

Ralph M. Norwood 
Consultant 

Francisco F. Blanco 
President and CEO of The Pola Group, LLC 

Thomas E. Peoples 
President of International Executive Counselors, LLC 

INDEPENDENT REGISTEED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS  
Stowe & Degon, LLC 
Westborough, Massachusetts 

GENERAL COUNSEL 
White, White & Van Etten PC 
Boston, Massachusetts 

ANNUAL STOCKHOLDERS MEETING 
This  year’s  annual  meeting  will  be  held  Thursday,  September  19, 
2019  at  10:00  a.m.  at  TCC’s  facilities  in  Concord,  Massachusetts. 
The shareholder record date is August 9, 2019. 

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
The  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market, 
NASDAQ Symbol: TCCO. 

10-K REPORT 
A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2018, 
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  may  be 
obtained upon written request to the Company. 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, New York 10038 

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Technical Communications Corporation 
100 Domino Drive 
Concord, MA 01742 
(978) 287-5100 

The discussion in this Annual Report and Form 10-K may contain statements that are not purely historical.  Such statements contained herein or as 
may  otherwise  be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  constitute  “forward-looking  statements”  within the  meaning  of  the Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements include but are not limited to statements regarding anticipated operating results, future earnings, and 
the ability to achieve growth and profitability.  Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, 
including but not limited to the effect of foreign political unrest; domestic and foreign government policies and economic conditions; future changes in 
export  laws  or  regulations;  changes  in  technology;  the  ability  to  hire,  retain  and  motivate  technical,  management  and  sales  personnel;  the  risks 
associated  with  the  technical  feasibility  and  market  acceptance  of  new  products;  changes  in  telecommunications  protocols;  the  effects  of  changing 
costs,  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates;  and the Company's  ability  to  secure  adequate  capital  resources.    Such  risks,  uncertainties  and  other factors 
could cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, 
performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  such  forward-looking  statements.    For  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  risks  facing  the 
Company, see the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including this Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 
2018 and the “Risk Factors” section included herein.